Professional Documents
Culture Documents
revision program. The author has 39 Estimating area depreciation required that is equivalent If x and y are related by the equation y = mx + c
ÎÎ 5
carefully selected the most important facts of the course for you to focus on 40 The trapezoidal rule 51 Flat-rate loans to a given present value then they are in a linear relationship. 4
3
61 Converting between future
just before your exam or test. You can use your Excel Year 12 Pass Cards: 41 Volume of rainfall 52 Reducing-balance loans
value and present value A linear function is a straight line when
ÎÎ 2
y=5–x
53 Credit cards
TOPIC 3: FINANCIAL 62 Formulas and equations graphed. 1
ON THE GO. If you are by yourself, read over each card again and again 54 Calculations with credit
3 MATHEMATICS cards 63 Loan repayments In many practical situations one quantity will
ÎÎ –4 –3 –2 –1 0
–1
1 2 3 4 5 x
until you completely master its content. If you’re with a friend, revise 64 Working with loans vary directly with another. This variation can –2
INVESTMENTS AND LOANS ANNUITIES
as a team by turning the bullet points into questions and quizzing be shown by the graph of a straight line.
42 Simple interest 55 The future value of an TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL
each other on key points. Your answers will be there on the cards.
43 Compound interest annuity ANALYSIS A table of values can be drawn up and points plotted to show the
ÎÎ
44 Compounding periods 56 Tables of future value position of a line.
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
3 AT HOME. Read each card thoroughly and make sure you understand 45 Finding the present value factors
all the points. You should also know more detailed information on of a single investment 57 Finding the contribution
65 Scatterplots Graphing software can also be used to draw lines.
ÎÎ
required to produce a 66 Analysing scatterplots
each topic—if you are not completely sure of a topic, revise it in your 46 Compounded values and
Excel Year 12 study guide. comparisons given future value 67 Correlation Example: Draw up a table of Solution: x 0 1 2
58 The present value of an 68 Correlation coefficient values and graph
47 Appreciation and inflation y 5 4 3
annuity 69 A line of best fit
ON YOUR DIGITAL DEVICE. Download a FREE digital copy of these
48 Shares the line y = 5 – x.
3 49 Straight-line depreciation
59 Finding the present value 70 Further lines of fit
cards at www.pascalpress.com.au/free of an annuity 71 The equation of a line of fit
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 4–5
relationship between the quantities. When two equations that represent models of
Dollars
–1
ÎÎ –3 600
equation of the graph can be found. EXAMPLE: The graph shows the lines y = 2x – 5 and
1 equal there is no profit or loss and the
y = x + 1. What is the solution of the Take care to answer the question that
enterprise is said to break even.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Example: What is the equation of the line in the graph? 2 has been asked. Read the question Number sold
1
3 3 equation 2x – 5 = x + 1? carefully so that you know whether
Solution: m = ; c = –2; Equation: y = x – 2 2 the whole simultaneous solution is
required or only, say, the x-value.
example: This graph shows the break-even point is when 30 items
4 4 Solution: x = 4 are sold.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 11–13 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 13–15
y = ax (a > 1) the 5 5
y = ax2 + bx + c (a ≠ 0). equation y = ax2 determines 6 2
2 ÎÎ ÎÎ 2 6
y = –x2
This is an example of
2
‘upside down’.
y = –4x2
1 1 axis of symmetry. −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 x
8
y = –2x2
0
10 x x ÎÎ 9 3
The addition of a
−10 −5 5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2
ÎÎ to ax2 moves the parabola
y = –x2 + 3
−1 8
y = x2 + 3
2
y
constant, c, moves the example: Graphing software has been up (or down if the constant
7 1
6
6
used to graph y = x2 + 2x – 3.
0 x
4 is negative). 5
4
–1
–2
is negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will The axis of symmetry is x = –1.
3
2
3
y = x2
–3
1
y = x2 – 2
–4
–5
−3
−2 −8
y = –x2
−3 −9
−4
−5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS CO NTE NTS (3) CO NTE NTS (1)
Gradient and y-intercept of a line 2
72 Interpolation and 83 Using normal distribution CRITICAL PATH ANALYSIS TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA 13 Parabolas 23 Finding a side with the
The gradient of a line is its slope. It is a measure
ÎÎ y
5 extrapolation tables 95 Activity charts 14 Maximum and minimum cosine rule
of the steepness of the line. 4 TYPES OF RELATIONSHIPS
73 Analysing associations 84 Probabilities 96 Critical paths values 24 Finding an angle with the
3
1 Graphing straight lines
The gradient, m, of a line is given by
ÎÎ 2 74 Causality
TOPIC 5: NETWORKS 97 Forward scanning 2 Gradient and y-intercept
15 Inverse variation cosine rule
vertical change in position
1
16 Reciprocal functions 25 Compass bearings
THE NORMAL 98 Backward scanning of a line
m= . –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
DISTRIBUTION NETWORK CONCEPTS 99 EST and LST, EFT and LFT
26 True bearings
horizontal change in position –1
3 Finding the equation of TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT 27 Compass radial surveys
–2
75 Normally distributed 85 Network definitions 100 Float times a line
The gradient is usually expressed in fractional
ÎÎ –3
–4
variables 86 Further definitions 101 Flows through networks 4 Simultaneous equations
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED 28 Solving problems
form, if necessary as an improper fraction. 76 z-scores 87 Directed networks
TRIGONOMETRY
–5
102 Capacities of edges and 5 Interpretations of the RATES AND RATIOS
77 z-score formula 17 Review of right-angled
The y-intercept, c, is where the line intersects the
ÎÎ 88 Weights vertices point of intersection of trigonometry 1 29 Rates
78 Comparing scores 89 Tables and networks 103 Cuts two lines
vertical axis. 79 Empirical rule
18 Review of right-angled 30 Best buys
90 Trees 104 Maximum flow— 6 Forming equations to trigonometry 2 31 Speed
80 Applications of the 91 Prim’s algorithm minimum cut solve problems
Example: Find the gradient and y-intercept of the line in the graph. 19 The area of a triangle 1 32 Fuel consumption
empirical rule 92 Kruskal’s algorithm 7 Break-even points
20 The area of a triangle 2 33 Units of power and energy
vertical change in position 3 81 Quality control and 93 8 Exponential curves
Solution: m = = ; c = –2 guarantees
Shortest paths
9 Exponential growth
—Heron’s rule 34 Electricity costs
horizontal change in position 2 82 Normal distribution tables
94 Applications 21 Finding a side with the 35 Ratios
10 Exponential decay sine rule
and proportions 36 Solving problems with
11 Quadratic functions 22 Finding an angle with the ratios
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 12 Direct variation sine rule 37 Scale drawings
ÎÎ ÎÎ ÎÎ 5
(for a > 1) y y = ax 4
exponential functions and their graphs form equations. than one point. If parallel the lines will not intersect, 3
are exponential curves. but otherwise there will be one point of intersection.
2
The x-axis is an asymptote of both curves. into an equation or algebraic representation. Simultaneous equations are two or more equations
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
ÎÎ 1 ÎÎ –1
It is a line that the curves approach but do that have the same solution at the same time.
–2
not intersect.
–4
0 1 x represent the variables. This representation should be explained, for A pair of simultaneous equations can be solved
ÎÎ –5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 8–10 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 10–11
parabola opens upwards ( ) and there is a minimum value another. For example, the distance that is travelled at a fixed speed is y = a–x (a > 1) the y=3 +3
5
y = 5(3 )
–x
5
–x
of y. directly proportional to the time taken to travel that distance. y-values become
4 4
ÎÎIf, in the equation y = ax2 + bx + c, a is less than zero the parabola If one quantity, y, directly varies with the square of another, x, then
ÎÎ 2 2
exponential decay.
−4 −3 0 1 2 3 4
symmetry to find the value of x for which there is a maximum or information to find the value of the constant. Then we use that value in
y=3 –2 −1
–x
y = ax (0 < a < 1) is
−2
minimum. Substituting the value of x into the equation gives the the equation when answering other parts of the question. ÎÎ
maximum or minimum value. also an example of exponential decay.
example: Suppose the distance, d m, an object falls varies directly The addition of a constant, c, moves the curve up (or down if c is
ÎÎ
Example: The diagram shows the graph of y = 14x – x2. The with the square of the time, t seconds, it is falling so that d = kt2 where negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will
curve cuts the x-axis at 0 and 14. So the axis of symmetry is x = 7. k is a constant. If the object falls 80 metres in 4 seconds then, when also move up or down.
Substituting into the equation, when x = 7, y = 14 × 7 – 72 = 49. So the t = 4, d = 80. So 80 = k × 42 and hence k = 5. The equation is therefore Multiplying by a positive constant (y = ka–x) changes the shape of the
ÎÎ
maximum value is 49. d = 5t2. curve. The y-intercept changes to k. The asymptote does not change.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 22–23 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 23–24 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 17–20
EXCEL Year 12 MATHS STANDARD 2 PASS CARDS CO NTE NTS (2) T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
This set of cards is designed for Graphing straight lines 1
you to use as the final step in your Your path to success! 38 Building plans 50 Declining-balance 60 Finding the contribution y
revision program. The author has 39 Estimating area depreciation required that is equivalent If x and y are related by the equation y = mx + c
ÎÎ 5
carefully selected the most important facts of the course for you to focus on 40 The trapezoidal rule 51 Flat-rate loans to a given present value then they are in a linear relationship. 4
3
61 Converting between future
just before your exam or test. You can use your Excel Year 12 Pass Cards: 41 Volume of rainfall 52 Reducing-balance loans
value and present value A linear function is a straight line when
ÎÎ 2
y=5–x
53 Credit cards
TOPIC 3: FINANCIAL 62 Formulas and equations graphed. 1
ON THE GO. If you are by yourself, read over each card again and again 54 Calculations with credit
3 MATHEMATICS cards 63 Loan repayments In many practical situations one quantity will
ÎÎ –4 –3 –2 –1 0
–1
1 2 3 4 5 x
until you completely master its content. If you’re with a friend, revise 64 Working with loans vary directly with another. This variation can –2
INVESTMENTS AND LOANS ANNUITIES
as a team by turning the bullet points into questions and quizzing be shown by the graph of a straight line.
42 Simple interest 55 The future value of an TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL
each other on key points. Your answers will be there on the cards.
43 Compound interest annuity ANALYSIS A table of values can be drawn up and points plotted to show the
ÎÎ
44 Compounding periods 56 Tables of future value position of a line.
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
3 AT HOME. Read each card thoroughly and make sure you understand 45 Finding the present value factors
all the points. You should also know more detailed information on of a single investment 57 Finding the contribution
65 Scatterplots Graphing software can also be used to draw lines.
ÎÎ
required to produce a 66 Analysing scatterplots
each topic—if you are not completely sure of a topic, revise it in your 46 Compounded values and
Excel Year 12 study guide. comparisons given future value 67 Correlation Example: Draw up a table of Solution: x 0 1 2
58 The present value of an 68 Correlation coefficient values and graph
47 Appreciation and inflation y 5 4 3
annuity 69 A line of best fit
ON YOUR DIGITAL DEVICE. Download a FREE digital copy of these
48 Shares the line y = 5 – x.
3 49 Straight-line depreciation
59 Finding the present value 70 Further lines of fit
cards at www.pascalpress.com.au/free of an annuity 71 The equation of a line of fit
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 4–5
relationship between the quantities. When two equations that represent models of
Dollars
–1
ÎÎ –3 600
equation of the graph can be found. EXAMPLE: The graph shows the lines y = 2x – 5 and
1 equal there is no profit or loss and the
y = x + 1. What is the solution of the Take care to answer the question that
enterprise is said to break even.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Example: What is the equation of the line in the graph? 2 has been asked. Read the question Number sold
1
3 3 equation 2x – 5 = x + 1? carefully so that you know whether
Solution: m = ; c = –2; Equation: y = x – 2 2 the whole simultaneous solution is
required or only, say, the x-value.
example: This graph shows the break-even point is when 30 items
4 4 Solution: x = 4 are sold.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 11–13 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 13–15
y = ax (a > 1) the 5 5
y = ax2 + bx + c (a ≠ 0). equation y = ax2 determines 6 2
2 ÎÎ ÎÎ 2 6
y = –x2
This is an example of
2
‘upside down’.
y = –4x2
1 1 axis of symmetry. −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 x
8
y = –2x2
0
10 x x ÎÎ 9 3
The addition of a
−10 −5 5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2
ÎÎ to ax2 moves the parabola
y = –x2 + 3
−1 8
y = x2 + 3
2
y
constant, c, moves the example: Graphing software has been up (or down if the constant
7 1
6
6
used to graph y = x2 + 2x – 3.
0 x
4 is negative). 5
4
–1
–2
is negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will The axis of symmetry is x = –1.
3
2
3
y = x2
–3
1
y = x2 – 2
–4
–5
−3
−2 −8
y = –x2
−3 −9
−4
−5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS CO NTE NTS (3) CO NTE NTS (1)
Gradient and y-intercept of a line 2
72 Interpolation and 83 Using normal distribution CRITICAL PATH ANALYSIS TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA 13 Parabolas 23 Finding a side with the
The gradient of a line is its slope. It is a measure
ÎÎ y
5 extrapolation tables 95 Activity charts 14 Maximum and minimum cosine rule
of the steepness of the line. 4 TYPES OF RELATIONSHIPS
73 Analysing associations 84 Probabilities 96 Critical paths values 24 Finding an angle with the
3
1 Graphing straight lines
The gradient, m, of a line is given by
ÎÎ 2 74 Causality
TOPIC 5: NETWORKS 97 Forward scanning 2 Gradient and y-intercept
15 Inverse variation cosine rule
vertical change in position
1
16 Reciprocal functions 25 Compass bearings
THE NORMAL 98 Backward scanning of a line
m= . –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
DISTRIBUTION NETWORK CONCEPTS 99 EST and LST, EFT and LFT
26 True bearings
horizontal change in position –1
3 Finding the equation of TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT 27 Compass radial surveys
–2
75 Normally distributed 85 Network definitions 100 Float times a line
The gradient is usually expressed in fractional
ÎÎ –3
–4
variables 86 Further definitions 101 Flows through networks 4 Simultaneous equations
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED 28 Solving problems
form, if necessary as an improper fraction. 76 z-scores 87 Directed networks
TRIGONOMETRY
–5
102 Capacities of edges and 5 Interpretations of the RATES AND RATIOS
77 z-score formula 17 Review of right-angled
The y-intercept, c, is where the line intersects the
ÎÎ 88 Weights vertices point of intersection of trigonometry 1 29 Rates
78 Comparing scores 89 Tables and networks 103 Cuts two lines
vertical axis. 79 Empirical rule
18 Review of right-angled 30 Best buys
90 Trees 104 Maximum flow— 6 Forming equations to trigonometry 2 31 Speed
80 Applications of the 91 Prim’s algorithm minimum cut solve problems
Example: Find the gradient and y-intercept of the line in the graph. 19 The area of a triangle 1 32 Fuel consumption
empirical rule 92 Kruskal’s algorithm 7 Break-even points
20 The area of a triangle 2 33 Units of power and energy
vertical change in position 3 81 Quality control and 93 8 Exponential curves
Solution: m = = ; c = –2 guarantees
Shortest paths
9 Exponential growth
—Heron’s rule 34 Electricity costs
horizontal change in position 2 82 Normal distribution tables
94 Applications 21 Finding a side with the 35 Ratios
10 Exponential decay sine rule
and proportions 36 Solving problems with
11 Quadratic functions 22 Finding an angle with the ratios
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 12 Direct variation sine rule 37 Scale drawings
ÎÎ ÎÎ ÎÎ 5
(for a > 1) y y = ax 4
exponential functions and their graphs form equations. than one point. If parallel the lines will not intersect, 3
are exponential curves. but otherwise there will be one point of intersection.
2
The x-axis is an asymptote of both curves. into an equation or algebraic representation. Simultaneous equations are two or more equations
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
ÎÎ 1 ÎÎ –1
It is a line that the curves approach but do that have the same solution at the same time.
–2
not intersect.
–4
0 1 x represent the variables. This representation should be explained, for A pair of simultaneous equations can be solved
ÎÎ –5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 8–10 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 10–11
parabola opens upwards ( ) and there is a minimum value another. For example, the distance that is travelled at a fixed speed is y = a–x (a > 1) the y=3 +3
5
y = 5(3 )
–x
5
–x
of y. directly proportional to the time taken to travel that distance. y-values become
4 4
ÎÎIf, in the equation y = ax2 + bx + c, a is less than zero the parabola If one quantity, y, directly varies with the square of another, x, then
ÎÎ 2 2
exponential decay.
−4 −3 0 1 2 3 4
symmetry to find the value of x for which there is a maximum or information to find the value of the constant. Then we use that value in
y=3 –2 −1
–x
y = ax (0 < a < 1) is
−2
minimum. Substituting the value of x into the equation gives the the equation when answering other parts of the question. ÎÎ
maximum or minimum value. also an example of exponential decay.
example: Suppose the distance, d m, an object falls varies directly The addition of a constant, c, moves the curve up (or down if c is
ÎÎ
Example: The diagram shows the graph of y = 14x – x2. The with the square of the time, t seconds, it is falling so that d = kt2 where negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will
curve cuts the x-axis at 0 and 14. So the axis of symmetry is x = 7. k is a constant. If the object falls 80 metres in 4 seconds then, when also move up or down.
Substituting into the equation, when x = 7, y = 14 × 7 – 72 = 49. So the t = 4, d = 80. So 80 = k × 42 and hence k = 5. The equation is therefore Multiplying by a positive constant (y = ka–x) changes the shape of the
ÎÎ
maximum value is 49. d = 5t2. curve. The y-intercept changes to k. The asymptote does not change.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 22–23 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 23–24 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 17–20
EXCEL Year 12 MATHS STANDARD 2 PASS CARDS CO NTE NTS (2) T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
This set of cards is designed for Graphing straight lines 1
you to use as the final step in your Your path to success! 38 Building plans 50 Declining-balance 60 Finding the contribution y
revision program. The author has 39 Estimating area depreciation required that is equivalent If x and y are related by the equation y = mx + c
ÎÎ 5
carefully selected the most important facts of the course for you to focus on 40 The trapezoidal rule 51 Flat-rate loans to a given present value then they are in a linear relationship. 4
3
61 Converting between future
just before your exam or test. You can use your Excel Year 12 Pass Cards: 41 Volume of rainfall 52 Reducing-balance loans
value and present value A linear function is a straight line when
ÎÎ 2
y=5–x
53 Credit cards
TOPIC 3: FINANCIAL 62 Formulas and equations graphed. 1
ON THE GO. If you are by yourself, read over each card again and again 54 Calculations with credit
3 MATHEMATICS cards 63 Loan repayments In many practical situations one quantity will
ÎÎ –4 –3 –2 –1 0
–1
1 2 3 4 5 x
until you completely master its content. If you’re with a friend, revise 64 Working with loans vary directly with another. This variation can –2
INVESTMENTS AND LOANS ANNUITIES
as a team by turning the bullet points into questions and quizzing be shown by the graph of a straight line.
42 Simple interest 55 The future value of an TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL
each other on key points. Your answers will be there on the cards.
43 Compound interest annuity ANALYSIS A table of values can be drawn up and points plotted to show the
ÎÎ
44 Compounding periods 56 Tables of future value position of a line.
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
3 AT HOME. Read each card thoroughly and make sure you understand 45 Finding the present value factors
all the points. You should also know more detailed information on of a single investment 57 Finding the contribution
65 Scatterplots Graphing software can also be used to draw lines.
ÎÎ
required to produce a 66 Analysing scatterplots
each topic—if you are not completely sure of a topic, revise it in your 46 Compounded values and
Excel Year 12 study guide. comparisons given future value 67 Correlation Example: Draw up a table of Solution: x 0 1 2
58 The present value of an 68 Correlation coefficient values and graph
47 Appreciation and inflation y 5 4 3
annuity 69 A line of best fit
ON YOUR DIGITAL DEVICE. Download a FREE digital copy of these
48 Shares the line y = 5 – x.
3 49 Straight-line depreciation
59 Finding the present value 70 Further lines of fit
cards at www.pascalpress.com.au/free of an annuity 71 The equation of a line of fit
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 4–5
relationship between the quantities. When two equations that represent models of
Dollars
–1
ÎÎ –3 600
equation of the graph can be found. EXAMPLE: The graph shows the lines y = 2x – 5 and
1 equal there is no profit or loss and the
y = x + 1. What is the solution of the Take care to answer the question that
enterprise is said to break even.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Example: What is the equation of the line in the graph? 2 has been asked. Read the question Number sold
1
3 3 equation 2x – 5 = x + 1? carefully so that you know whether
Solution: m = ; c = –2; Equation: y = x – 2 2 the whole simultaneous solution is
required or only, say, the x-value.
example: This graph shows the break-even point is when 30 items
4 4 Solution: x = 4 are sold.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 11–13 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 13–15
y = ax (a > 1) the 5 5
y = ax2 + bx + c (a ≠ 0). equation y = ax2 determines 6 2
2 ÎÎ ÎÎ 2 6
y = –x2
This is an example of
2
‘upside down’.
y = –4x2
1 1 axis of symmetry. −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 x
8
y = –2x2
0
10 x x ÎÎ 9 3
The addition of a
−10 −5 5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2
ÎÎ to ax2 moves the parabola
y = –x2 + 3
−1 8
y = x2 + 3
2
y
constant, c, moves the example: Graphing software has been up (or down if the constant
7 1
6
6
used to graph y = x2 + 2x – 3.
0 x
4 is negative). 5
4
–1
–2
is negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will The axis of symmetry is x = –1.
3
2
3
y = x2
–3
1
y = x2 – 2
–4
–5
−3
−2 −8
y = –x2
−3 −9
−4
−5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS CO NTE NTS (3) CO NTE NTS (1)
Gradient and y-intercept of a line 2
72 Interpolation and 83 Using normal distribution CRITICAL PATH ANALYSIS TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA 13 Parabolas 23 Finding a side with the
The gradient of a line is its slope. It is a measure
ÎÎ y
5 extrapolation tables 95 Activity charts 14 Maximum and minimum cosine rule
of the steepness of the line. 4 TYPES OF RELATIONSHIPS
73 Analysing associations 84 Probabilities 96 Critical paths values 24 Finding an angle with the
3
1 Graphing straight lines
The gradient, m, of a line is given by
ÎÎ 2 74 Causality
TOPIC 5: NETWORKS 97 Forward scanning 2 Gradient and y-intercept
15 Inverse variation cosine rule
vertical change in position
1
16 Reciprocal functions 25 Compass bearings
THE NORMAL 98 Backward scanning of a line
m= . –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
DISTRIBUTION NETWORK CONCEPTS 99 EST and LST, EFT and LFT
26 True bearings
horizontal change in position –1
3 Finding the equation of TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT 27 Compass radial surveys
–2
75 Normally distributed 85 Network definitions 100 Float times a line
The gradient is usually expressed in fractional
ÎÎ –3
–4
variables 86 Further definitions 101 Flows through networks 4 Simultaneous equations
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED 28 Solving problems
form, if necessary as an improper fraction. 76 z-scores 87 Directed networks
TRIGONOMETRY
–5
102 Capacities of edges and 5 Interpretations of the RATES AND RATIOS
77 z-score formula 17 Review of right-angled
The y-intercept, c, is where the line intersects the
ÎÎ 88 Weights vertices point of intersection of trigonometry 1 29 Rates
78 Comparing scores 89 Tables and networks 103 Cuts two lines
vertical axis. 79 Empirical rule
18 Review of right-angled 30 Best buys
90 Trees 104 Maximum flow— 6 Forming equations to trigonometry 2 31 Speed
80 Applications of the 91 Prim’s algorithm minimum cut solve problems
Example: Find the gradient and y-intercept of the line in the graph. 19 The area of a triangle 1 32 Fuel consumption
empirical rule 92 Kruskal’s algorithm 7 Break-even points
20 The area of a triangle 2 33 Units of power and energy
vertical change in position 3 81 Quality control and 93 8 Exponential curves
Solution: m = = ; c = –2 guarantees
Shortest paths
9 Exponential growth
—Heron’s rule 34 Electricity costs
horizontal change in position 2 82 Normal distribution tables
94 Applications 21 Finding a side with the 35 Ratios
10 Exponential decay sine rule
and proportions 36 Solving problems with
11 Quadratic functions 22 Finding an angle with the ratios
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 12 Direct variation sine rule 37 Scale drawings
ÎÎ ÎÎ ÎÎ 5
(for a > 1) y y = ax 4
exponential functions and their graphs form equations. than one point. If parallel the lines will not intersect, 3
are exponential curves. but otherwise there will be one point of intersection.
2
The x-axis is an asymptote of both curves. into an equation or algebraic representation. Simultaneous equations are two or more equations
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
ÎÎ 1 ÎÎ –1
It is a line that the curves approach but do that have the same solution at the same time.
–2
not intersect.
–4
0 1 x represent the variables. This representation should be explained, for A pair of simultaneous equations can be solved
ÎÎ –5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 8–10 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 10–11
parabola opens upwards ( ) and there is a minimum value another. For example, the distance that is travelled at a fixed speed is y = a–x (a > 1) the y=3 +3
5
y = 5(3 )
–x
5
–x
of y. directly proportional to the time taken to travel that distance. y-values become
4 4
ÎÎIf, in the equation y = ax2 + bx + c, a is less than zero the parabola If one quantity, y, directly varies with the square of another, x, then
ÎÎ 2 2
exponential decay.
−4 −3 0 1 2 3 4
symmetry to find the value of x for which there is a maximum or information to find the value of the constant. Then we use that value in
y=3 –2 −1
–x
y = ax (0 < a < 1) is
−2
minimum. Substituting the value of x into the equation gives the the equation when answering other parts of the question. ÎÎ
maximum or minimum value. also an example of exponential decay.
example: Suppose the distance, d m, an object falls varies directly The addition of a constant, c, moves the curve up (or down if c is
ÎÎ
Example: The diagram shows the graph of y = 14x – x2. The with the square of the time, t seconds, it is falling so that d = kt2 where negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will
curve cuts the x-axis at 0 and 14. So the axis of symmetry is x = 7. k is a constant. If the object falls 80 metres in 4 seconds then, when also move up or down.
Substituting into the equation, when x = 7, y = 14 × 7 – 72 = 49. So the t = 4, d = 80. So 80 = k × 42 and hence k = 5. The equation is therefore Multiplying by a positive constant (y = ka–x) changes the shape of the
ÎÎ
maximum value is 49. d = 5t2. curve. The y-intercept changes to k. The asymptote does not change.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 22–23 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 23–24 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 17–20
EXCEL Year 12 MATHS STANDARD 2 PASS CARDS CO NTE NTS (2) T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
This set of cards is designed for Graphing straight lines 1
you to use as the final step in your Your path to success! 38 Building plans 50 Declining-balance 60 Finding the contribution y
revision program. The author has 39 Estimating area depreciation required that is equivalent If x and y are related by the equation y = mx + c
ÎÎ 5
carefully selected the most important facts of the course for you to focus on 40 The trapezoidal rule 51 Flat-rate loans to a given present value then they are in a linear relationship. 4
3
61 Converting between future
just before your exam or test. You can use your Excel Year 12 Pass Cards: 41 Volume of rainfall 52 Reducing-balance loans
value and present value A linear function is a straight line when
ÎÎ 2
y=5–x
53 Credit cards
TOPIC 3: FINANCIAL 62 Formulas and equations graphed. 1
ON THE GO. If you are by yourself, read over each card again and again 54 Calculations with credit
3 MATHEMATICS cards 63 Loan repayments In many practical situations one quantity will
ÎÎ –4 –3 –2 –1 0
–1
1 2 3 4 5 x
until you completely master its content. If you’re with a friend, revise 64 Working with loans vary directly with another. This variation can –2
INVESTMENTS AND LOANS ANNUITIES
as a team by turning the bullet points into questions and quizzing be shown by the graph of a straight line.
42 Simple interest 55 The future value of an TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL
each other on key points. Your answers will be there on the cards.
43 Compound interest annuity ANALYSIS A table of values can be drawn up and points plotted to show the
ÎÎ
44 Compounding periods 56 Tables of future value position of a line.
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
3 AT HOME. Read each card thoroughly and make sure you understand 45 Finding the present value factors
all the points. You should also know more detailed information on of a single investment 57 Finding the contribution
65 Scatterplots Graphing software can also be used to draw lines.
ÎÎ
required to produce a 66 Analysing scatterplots
each topic—if you are not completely sure of a topic, revise it in your 46 Compounded values and
Excel Year 12 study guide. comparisons given future value 67 Correlation Example: Draw up a table of Solution: x 0 1 2
58 The present value of an 68 Correlation coefficient values and graph
47 Appreciation and inflation y 5 4 3
annuity 69 A line of best fit
ON YOUR DIGITAL DEVICE. Download a FREE digital copy of these
48 Shares the line y = 5 – x.
3 49 Straight-line depreciation
59 Finding the present value 70 Further lines of fit
cards at www.pascalpress.com.au/free of an annuity 71 The equation of a line of fit
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 4–5
relationship between the quantities. When two equations that represent models of
Dollars
–1
ÎÎ –3 600
equation of the graph can be found. EXAMPLE: The graph shows the lines y = 2x – 5 and
1 equal there is no profit or loss and the
y = x + 1. What is the solution of the Take care to answer the question that
enterprise is said to break even.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Example: What is the equation of the line in the graph? 2 has been asked. Read the question Number sold
1
3 3 equation 2x – 5 = x + 1? carefully so that you know whether
Solution: m = ; c = –2; Equation: y = x – 2 2 the whole simultaneous solution is
required or only, say, the x-value.
example: This graph shows the break-even point is when 30 items
4 4 Solution: x = 4 are sold.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 11–13 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 13–15
y = ax (a > 1) the 5 5
y = ax2 + bx + c (a ≠ 0). equation y = ax2 determines 6 2
2 ÎÎ ÎÎ 2 6
y = –x2
This is an example of
2
‘upside down’.
y = –4x2
1 1 axis of symmetry. −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 x
8
y = –2x2
0
10 x x ÎÎ 9 3
The addition of a
−10 −5 5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2
ÎÎ to ax2 moves the parabola
y = –x2 + 3
−1 8
y = x2 + 3
2
y
constant, c, moves the example: Graphing software has been up (or down if the constant
7 1
6
6
used to graph y = x2 + 2x – 3.
0 x
4 is negative). 5
4
–1
–2
is negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will The axis of symmetry is x = –1.
3
2
3
y = x2
–3
1
y = x2 – 2
–4
–5
−3
−2 −8
y = –x2
−3 −9
−4
−5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS CO NTE NTS (3) CO NTE NTS (1)
Gradient and y-intercept of a line 2
72 Interpolation and 83 Using normal distribution CRITICAL PATH ANALYSIS TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA 13 Parabolas 23 Finding a side with the
The gradient of a line is its slope. It is a measure
ÎÎ y
5 extrapolation tables 95 Activity charts 14 Maximum and minimum cosine rule
of the steepness of the line. 4 TYPES OF RELATIONSHIPS
73 Analysing associations 84 Probabilities 96 Critical paths values 24 Finding an angle with the
3
1 Graphing straight lines
The gradient, m, of a line is given by
ÎÎ 2 74 Causality
TOPIC 5: NETWORKS 97 Forward scanning 2 Gradient and y-intercept
15 Inverse variation cosine rule
vertical change in position
1
16 Reciprocal functions 25 Compass bearings
THE NORMAL 98 Backward scanning of a line
m= . –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
DISTRIBUTION NETWORK CONCEPTS 99 EST and LST, EFT and LFT
26 True bearings
horizontal change in position –1
3 Finding the equation of TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT 27 Compass radial surveys
–2
75 Normally distributed 85 Network definitions 100 Float times a line
The gradient is usually expressed in fractional
ÎÎ –3
–4
variables 86 Further definitions 101 Flows through networks 4 Simultaneous equations
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED 28 Solving problems
form, if necessary as an improper fraction. 76 z-scores 87 Directed networks
TRIGONOMETRY
–5
102 Capacities of edges and 5 Interpretations of the RATES AND RATIOS
77 z-score formula 17 Review of right-angled
The y-intercept, c, is where the line intersects the
ÎÎ 88 Weights vertices point of intersection of trigonometry 1 29 Rates
78 Comparing scores 89 Tables and networks 103 Cuts two lines
vertical axis. 79 Empirical rule
18 Review of right-angled 30 Best buys
90 Trees 104 Maximum flow— 6 Forming equations to trigonometry 2 31 Speed
80 Applications of the 91 Prim’s algorithm minimum cut solve problems
Example: Find the gradient and y-intercept of the line in the graph. 19 The area of a triangle 1 32 Fuel consumption
empirical rule 92 Kruskal’s algorithm 7 Break-even points
20 The area of a triangle 2 33 Units of power and energy
vertical change in position 3 81 Quality control and 93 8 Exponential curves
Solution: m = = ; c = –2 guarantees
Shortest paths
9 Exponential growth
—Heron’s rule 34 Electricity costs
horizontal change in position 2 82 Normal distribution tables
94 Applications 21 Finding a side with the 35 Ratios
10 Exponential decay sine rule
and proportions 36 Solving problems with
11 Quadratic functions 22 Finding an angle with the ratios
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 12 Direct variation sine rule 37 Scale drawings
ÎÎ ÎÎ ÎÎ 5
(for a > 1) y y = ax 4
exponential functions and their graphs form equations. than one point. If parallel the lines will not intersect, 3
are exponential curves. but otherwise there will be one point of intersection.
2
The x-axis is an asymptote of both curves. into an equation or algebraic representation. Simultaneous equations are two or more equations
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
ÎÎ 1 ÎÎ –1
It is a line that the curves approach but do that have the same solution at the same time.
–2
not intersect.
–4
0 1 x represent the variables. This representation should be explained, for A pair of simultaneous equations can be solved
ÎÎ –5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 8–10 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 10–11
parabola opens upwards ( ) and there is a minimum value another. For example, the distance that is travelled at a fixed speed is y = a–x (a > 1) the y=3 +3
5
y = 5(3 )
–x
5
–x
of y. directly proportional to the time taken to travel that distance. y-values become
4 4
ÎÎIf, in the equation y = ax2 + bx + c, a is less than zero the parabola If one quantity, y, directly varies with the square of another, x, then
ÎÎ 2 2
exponential decay.
−4 −3 0 1 2 3 4
symmetry to find the value of x for which there is a maximum or information to find the value of the constant. Then we use that value in
y=3 –2 −1
–x
y = ax (0 < a < 1) is
−2
minimum. Substituting the value of x into the equation gives the the equation when answering other parts of the question. ÎÎ
maximum or minimum value. also an example of exponential decay.
example: Suppose the distance, d m, an object falls varies directly The addition of a constant, c, moves the curve up (or down if c is
ÎÎ
Example: The diagram shows the graph of y = 14x – x2. The with the square of the time, t seconds, it is falling so that d = kt2 where negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will
curve cuts the x-axis at 0 and 14. So the axis of symmetry is x = 7. k is a constant. If the object falls 80 metres in 4 seconds then, when also move up or down.
Substituting into the equation, when x = 7, y = 14 × 7 – 72 = 49. So the t = 4, d = 80. So 80 = k × 42 and hence k = 5. The equation is therefore Multiplying by a positive constant (y = ka–x) changes the shape of the
ÎÎ
maximum value is 49. d = 5t2. curve. The y-intercept changes to k. The asymptote does not change.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 22–23 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 23–24 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 17–20
EXCEL Year 12 MATHS STANDARD 2 PASS CARDS CO NTE NTS (2) T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
This set of cards is designed for Graphing straight lines 1
you to use as the final step in your Your path to success! 38 Building plans 50 Declining-balance 60 Finding the contribution y
revision program. The author has 39 Estimating area depreciation required that is equivalent If x and y are related by the equation y = mx + c
ÎÎ 5
carefully selected the most important facts of the course for you to focus on 40 The trapezoidal rule 51 Flat-rate loans to a given present value then they are in a linear relationship. 4
3
61 Converting between future
just before your exam or test. You can use your Excel Year 12 Pass Cards: 41 Volume of rainfall 52 Reducing-balance loans
value and present value A linear function is a straight line when
ÎÎ 2
y=5–x
53 Credit cards
TOPIC 3: FINANCIAL 62 Formulas and equations graphed. 1
ON THE GO. If you are by yourself, read over each card again and again 54 Calculations with credit
3 MATHEMATICS cards 63 Loan repayments In many practical situations one quantity will
ÎÎ –4 –3 –2 –1 0
–1
1 2 3 4 5 x
until you completely master its content. If you’re with a friend, revise 64 Working with loans vary directly with another. This variation can –2
INVESTMENTS AND LOANS ANNUITIES
as a team by turning the bullet points into questions and quizzing be shown by the graph of a straight line.
42 Simple interest 55 The future value of an TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL
each other on key points. Your answers will be there on the cards.
43 Compound interest annuity ANALYSIS A table of values can be drawn up and points plotted to show the
ÎÎ
44 Compounding periods 56 Tables of future value position of a line.
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
3 AT HOME. Read each card thoroughly and make sure you understand 45 Finding the present value factors
all the points. You should also know more detailed information on of a single investment 57 Finding the contribution
65 Scatterplots Graphing software can also be used to draw lines.
ÎÎ
required to produce a 66 Analysing scatterplots
each topic—if you are not completely sure of a topic, revise it in your 46 Compounded values and
Excel Year 12 study guide. comparisons given future value 67 Correlation Example: Draw up a table of Solution: x 0 1 2
58 The present value of an 68 Correlation coefficient values and graph
47 Appreciation and inflation y 5 4 3
annuity 69 A line of best fit
ON YOUR DIGITAL DEVICE. Download a FREE digital copy of these
48 Shares the line y = 5 – x.
3 49 Straight-line depreciation
59 Finding the present value 70 Further lines of fit
cards at www.pascalpress.com.au/free of an annuity 71 The equation of a line of fit
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 4–5
relationship between the quantities. When two equations that represent models of
Dollars
–1
ÎÎ –3 600
equation of the graph can be found. EXAMPLE: The graph shows the lines y = 2x – 5 and
1 equal there is no profit or loss and the
y = x + 1. What is the solution of the Take care to answer the question that
enterprise is said to break even.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Example: What is the equation of the line in the graph? 2 has been asked. Read the question Number sold
1
3 3 equation 2x – 5 = x + 1? carefully so that you know whether
Solution: m = ; c = –2; Equation: y = x – 2 2 the whole simultaneous solution is
required or only, say, the x-value.
example: This graph shows the break-even point is when 30 items
4 4 Solution: x = 4 are sold.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 11–13 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 13–15
y = ax (a > 1) the 5 5
y = ax2 + bx + c (a ≠ 0). equation y = ax2 determines 6 2
2 ÎÎ ÎÎ 2 6
y = –x2
This is an example of
2
‘upside down’.
y = –4x2
1 1 axis of symmetry. −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 x
8
y = –2x2
0
10 x x ÎÎ 9 3
The addition of a
−10 −5 5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2
ÎÎ to ax2 moves the parabola
y = –x2 + 3
−1 8
y = x2 + 3
2
y
constant, c, moves the example: Graphing software has been up (or down if the constant
7 1
6
6
used to graph y = x2 + 2x – 3.
0 x
4 is negative). 5
4
–1
–2
is negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will The axis of symmetry is x = –1.
3
2
3
y = x2
–3
1
y = x2 – 2
–4
–5
−3
−2 −8
y = –x2
−3 −9
−4
−5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS CO NTE NTS (3) CO NTE NTS (1)
Gradient and y-intercept of a line 2
72 Interpolation and 83 Using normal distribution CRITICAL PATH ANALYSIS TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA 13 Parabolas 23 Finding a side with the
The gradient of a line is its slope. It is a measure
ÎÎ y
5 extrapolation tables 95 Activity charts 14 Maximum and minimum cosine rule
of the steepness of the line. 4 TYPES OF RELATIONSHIPS
73 Analysing associations 84 Probabilities 96 Critical paths values 24 Finding an angle with the
3
1 Graphing straight lines
The gradient, m, of a line is given by
ÎÎ 2 74 Causality
TOPIC 5: NETWORKS 97 Forward scanning 2 Gradient and y-intercept
15 Inverse variation cosine rule
vertical change in position
1
16 Reciprocal functions 25 Compass bearings
THE NORMAL 98 Backward scanning of a line
m= . –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
DISTRIBUTION NETWORK CONCEPTS 99 EST and LST, EFT and LFT
26 True bearings
horizontal change in position –1
3 Finding the equation of TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT 27 Compass radial surveys
–2
75 Normally distributed 85 Network definitions 100 Float times a line
The gradient is usually expressed in fractional
ÎÎ –3
–4
variables 86 Further definitions 101 Flows through networks 4 Simultaneous equations
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED 28 Solving problems
form, if necessary as an improper fraction. 76 z-scores 87 Directed networks
TRIGONOMETRY
–5
102 Capacities of edges and 5 Interpretations of the RATES AND RATIOS
77 z-score formula 17 Review of right-angled
The y-intercept, c, is where the line intersects the
ÎÎ 88 Weights vertices point of intersection of trigonometry 1 29 Rates
78 Comparing scores 89 Tables and networks 103 Cuts two lines
vertical axis. 79 Empirical rule
18 Review of right-angled 30 Best buys
90 Trees 104 Maximum flow— 6 Forming equations to trigonometry 2 31 Speed
80 Applications of the 91 Prim’s algorithm minimum cut solve problems
Example: Find the gradient and y-intercept of the line in the graph. 19 The area of a triangle 1 32 Fuel consumption
empirical rule 92 Kruskal’s algorithm 7 Break-even points
20 The area of a triangle 2 33 Units of power and energy
vertical change in position 3 81 Quality control and 93 8 Exponential curves
Solution: m = = ; c = –2 guarantees
Shortest paths
9 Exponential growth
—Heron’s rule 34 Electricity costs
horizontal change in position 2 82 Normal distribution tables
94 Applications 21 Finding a side with the 35 Ratios
10 Exponential decay sine rule
and proportions 36 Solving problems with
11 Quadratic functions 22 Finding an angle with the ratios
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 12 Direct variation sine rule 37 Scale drawings
ÎÎ ÎÎ ÎÎ 5
(for a > 1) y y = ax 4
exponential functions and their graphs form equations. than one point. If parallel the lines will not intersect, 3
are exponential curves. but otherwise there will be one point of intersection.
2
The x-axis is an asymptote of both curves. into an equation or algebraic representation. Simultaneous equations are two or more equations
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
ÎÎ 1 ÎÎ –1
It is a line that the curves approach but do that have the same solution at the same time.
–2
not intersect.
–4
0 1 x represent the variables. This representation should be explained, for A pair of simultaneous equations can be solved
ÎÎ –5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 8–10 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 10–11
parabola opens upwards ( ) and there is a minimum value another. For example, the distance that is travelled at a fixed speed is y = a–x (a > 1) the y=3 +3
5
y = 5(3 )
–x
5
–x
of y. directly proportional to the time taken to travel that distance. y-values become
4 4
ÎÎIf, in the equation y = ax2 + bx + c, a is less than zero the parabola If one quantity, y, directly varies with the square of another, x, then
ÎÎ 2 2
exponential decay.
−4 −3 0 1 2 3 4
symmetry to find the value of x for which there is a maximum or information to find the value of the constant. Then we use that value in
y=3 –2 −1
–x
y = ax (0 < a < 1) is
−2
minimum. Substituting the value of x into the equation gives the the equation when answering other parts of the question. ÎÎ
maximum or minimum value. also an example of exponential decay.
example: Suppose the distance, d m, an object falls varies directly The addition of a constant, c, moves the curve up (or down if c is
ÎÎ
Example: The diagram shows the graph of y = 14x – x2. The with the square of the time, t seconds, it is falling so that d = kt2 where negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will
curve cuts the x-axis at 0 and 14. So the axis of symmetry is x = 7. k is a constant. If the object falls 80 metres in 4 seconds then, when also move up or down.
Substituting into the equation, when x = 7, y = 14 × 7 – 72 = 49. So the t = 4, d = 80. So 80 = k × 42 and hence k = 5. The equation is therefore Multiplying by a positive constant (y = ka–x) changes the shape of the
ÎÎ
maximum value is 49. d = 5t2. curve. The y-intercept changes to k. The asymptote does not change.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 22–23 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 23–24 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 17–20
EXCEL Year 12 MATHS STANDARD 2 PASS CARDS CO NTE NTS (2) T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
This set of cards is designed for Graphing straight lines 1
you to use as the final step in your Your path to success! 38 Building plans 50 Declining-balance 60 Finding the contribution y
revision program. The author has 39 Estimating area depreciation required that is equivalent If x and y are related by the equation y = mx + c
ÎÎ 5
carefully selected the most important facts of the course for you to focus on 40 The trapezoidal rule 51 Flat-rate loans to a given present value then they are in a linear relationship. 4
3
61 Converting between future
just before your exam or test. You can use your Excel Year 12 Pass Cards: 41 Volume of rainfall 52 Reducing-balance loans
value and present value A linear function is a straight line when
ÎÎ 2
y=5–x
53 Credit cards
TOPIC 3: FINANCIAL 62 Formulas and equations graphed. 1
ON THE GO. If you are by yourself, read over each card again and again 54 Calculations with credit
3 MATHEMATICS cards 63 Loan repayments In many practical situations one quantity will
ÎÎ –4 –3 –2 –1 0
–1
1 2 3 4 5 x
until you completely master its content. If you’re with a friend, revise 64 Working with loans vary directly with another. This variation can –2
INVESTMENTS AND LOANS ANNUITIES
as a team by turning the bullet points into questions and quizzing be shown by the graph of a straight line.
42 Simple interest 55 The future value of an TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL
each other on key points. Your answers will be there on the cards.
43 Compound interest annuity ANALYSIS A table of values can be drawn up and points plotted to show the
ÎÎ
44 Compounding periods 56 Tables of future value position of a line.
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
3 AT HOME. Read each card thoroughly and make sure you understand 45 Finding the present value factors
all the points. You should also know more detailed information on of a single investment 57 Finding the contribution
65 Scatterplots Graphing software can also be used to draw lines.
ÎÎ
required to produce a 66 Analysing scatterplots
each topic—if you are not completely sure of a topic, revise it in your 46 Compounded values and
Excel Year 12 study guide. comparisons given future value 67 Correlation Example: Draw up a table of Solution: x 0 1 2
58 The present value of an 68 Correlation coefficient values and graph
47 Appreciation and inflation y 5 4 3
annuity 69 A line of best fit
ON YOUR DIGITAL DEVICE. Download a FREE digital copy of these
48 Shares the line y = 5 – x.
3 49 Straight-line depreciation
59 Finding the present value 70 Further lines of fit
cards at www.pascalpress.com.au/free of an annuity 71 The equation of a line of fit
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 4–5
relationship between the quantities. When two equations that represent models of
Dollars
–1
ÎÎ –3 600
equation of the graph can be found. EXAMPLE: The graph shows the lines y = 2x – 5 and
1 equal there is no profit or loss and the
y = x + 1. What is the solution of the Take care to answer the question that
enterprise is said to break even.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Example: What is the equation of the line in the graph? 2 has been asked. Read the question Number sold
1
3 3 equation 2x – 5 = x + 1? carefully so that you know whether
Solution: m = ; c = –2; Equation: y = x – 2 2 the whole simultaneous solution is
required or only, say, the x-value.
example: This graph shows the break-even point is when 30 items
4 4 Solution: x = 4 are sold.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 11–13 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 13–15
y = ax (a > 1) the 5 5
y = ax2 + bx + c (a ≠ 0). equation y = ax2 determines 6 2
2 ÎÎ ÎÎ 2 6
y = –x2
This is an example of
2
‘upside down’.
y = –4x2
1 1 axis of symmetry. −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 x
8
y = –2x2
0
10 x x ÎÎ 9 3
The addition of a
−10 −5 5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2
ÎÎ to ax2 moves the parabola
y = –x2 + 3
−1 8
y = x2 + 3
2
y
constant, c, moves the example: Graphing software has been up (or down if the constant
7 1
6
6
used to graph y = x2 + 2x – 3.
0 x
4 is negative). 5
4
–1
–2
is negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will The axis of symmetry is x = –1.
3
2
3
y = x2
–3
1
y = x2 – 2
–4
–5
−3
−2 −8
y = –x2
−3 −9
−4
−5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS CO NTE NTS (3) CO NTE NTS (1)
Gradient and y-intercept of a line 2
72 Interpolation and 83 Using normal distribution CRITICAL PATH ANALYSIS TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA 13 Parabolas 23 Finding a side with the
The gradient of a line is its slope. It is a measure
ÎÎ y
5 extrapolation tables 95 Activity charts 14 Maximum and minimum cosine rule
of the steepness of the line. 4 TYPES OF RELATIONSHIPS
73 Analysing associations 84 Probabilities 96 Critical paths values 24 Finding an angle with the
3
1 Graphing straight lines
The gradient, m, of a line is given by
ÎÎ 2 74 Causality
TOPIC 5: NETWORKS 97 Forward scanning 2 Gradient and y-intercept
15 Inverse variation cosine rule
vertical change in position
1
16 Reciprocal functions 25 Compass bearings
THE NORMAL 98 Backward scanning of a line
m= . –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
DISTRIBUTION NETWORK CONCEPTS 99 EST and LST, EFT and LFT
26 True bearings
horizontal change in position –1
3 Finding the equation of TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT 27 Compass radial surveys
–2
75 Normally distributed 85 Network definitions 100 Float times a line
The gradient is usually expressed in fractional
ÎÎ –3
–4
variables 86 Further definitions 101 Flows through networks 4 Simultaneous equations
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED 28 Solving problems
form, if necessary as an improper fraction. 76 z-scores 87 Directed networks
TRIGONOMETRY
–5
102 Capacities of edges and 5 Interpretations of the RATES AND RATIOS
77 z-score formula 17 Review of right-angled
The y-intercept, c, is where the line intersects the
ÎÎ 88 Weights vertices point of intersection of trigonometry 1 29 Rates
78 Comparing scores 89 Tables and networks 103 Cuts two lines
vertical axis. 79 Empirical rule
18 Review of right-angled 30 Best buys
90 Trees 104 Maximum flow— 6 Forming equations to trigonometry 2 31 Speed
80 Applications of the 91 Prim’s algorithm minimum cut solve problems
Example: Find the gradient and y-intercept of the line in the graph. 19 The area of a triangle 1 32 Fuel consumption
empirical rule 92 Kruskal’s algorithm 7 Break-even points
20 The area of a triangle 2 33 Units of power and energy
vertical change in position 3 81 Quality control and 93 8 Exponential curves
Solution: m = = ; c = –2 guarantees
Shortest paths
9 Exponential growth
—Heron’s rule 34 Electricity costs
horizontal change in position 2 82 Normal distribution tables
94 Applications 21 Finding a side with the 35 Ratios
10 Exponential decay sine rule
and proportions 36 Solving problems with
11 Quadratic functions 22 Finding an angle with the ratios
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 12 Direct variation sine rule 37 Scale drawings
ÎÎ ÎÎ ÎÎ 5
(for a > 1) y y = ax 4
exponential functions and their graphs form equations. than one point. If parallel the lines will not intersect, 3
are exponential curves. but otherwise there will be one point of intersection.
2
The x-axis is an asymptote of both curves. into an equation or algebraic representation. Simultaneous equations are two or more equations
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
ÎÎ 1 ÎÎ –1
It is a line that the curves approach but do that have the same solution at the same time.
–2
not intersect.
–4
0 1 x represent the variables. This representation should be explained, for A pair of simultaneous equations can be solved
ÎÎ –5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 8–10 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 10–11
parabola opens upwards ( ) and there is a minimum value another. For example, the distance that is travelled at a fixed speed is y = a–x (a > 1) the y=3 +3
5
y = 5(3 )
–x
5
–x
of y. directly proportional to the time taken to travel that distance. y-values become
4 4
ÎÎIf, in the equation y = ax2 + bx + c, a is less than zero the parabola If one quantity, y, directly varies with the square of another, x, then
ÎÎ 2 2
exponential decay.
−4 −3 0 1 2 3 4
symmetry to find the value of x for which there is a maximum or information to find the value of the constant. Then we use that value in
y=3 –2 −1
–x
y = ax (0 < a < 1) is
−2
minimum. Substituting the value of x into the equation gives the the equation when answering other parts of the question. ÎÎ
maximum or minimum value. also an example of exponential decay.
example: Suppose the distance, d m, an object falls varies directly The addition of a constant, c, moves the curve up (or down if c is
ÎÎ
Example: The diagram shows the graph of y = 14x – x2. The with the square of the time, t seconds, it is falling so that d = kt2 where negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will
curve cuts the x-axis at 0 and 14. So the axis of symmetry is x = 7. k is a constant. If the object falls 80 metres in 4 seconds then, when also move up or down.
Substituting into the equation, when x = 7, y = 14 × 7 – 72 = 49. So the t = 4, d = 80. So 80 = k × 42 and hence k = 5. The equation is therefore Multiplying by a positive constant (y = ka–x) changes the shape of the
ÎÎ
maximum value is 49. d = 5t2. curve. The y-intercept changes to k. The asymptote does not change.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 22–23 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 23–24 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 17–20
EXCEL Year 12 MATHS STANDARD 2 PASS CARDS CO NTE NTS (2) T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
This set of cards is designed for Graphing straight lines 1
you to use as the final step in your Your path to success! 38 Building plans 50 Declining-balance 60 Finding the contribution y
revision program. The author has 39 Estimating area depreciation required that is equivalent If x and y are related by the equation y = mx + c
ÎÎ 5
carefully selected the most important facts of the course for you to focus on 40 The trapezoidal rule 51 Flat-rate loans to a given present value then they are in a linear relationship. 4
3
61 Converting between future
just before your exam or test. You can use your Excel Year 12 Pass Cards: 41 Volume of rainfall 52 Reducing-balance loans
value and present value A linear function is a straight line when
ÎÎ 2
y=5–x
53 Credit cards
TOPIC 3: FINANCIAL 62 Formulas and equations graphed. 1
ON THE GO. If you are by yourself, read over each card again and again 54 Calculations with credit
3 MATHEMATICS cards 63 Loan repayments In many practical situations one quantity will
ÎÎ –4 –3 –2 –1 0
–1
1 2 3 4 5 x
until you completely master its content. If you’re with a friend, revise 64 Working with loans vary directly with another. This variation can –2
INVESTMENTS AND LOANS ANNUITIES
as a team by turning the bullet points into questions and quizzing be shown by the graph of a straight line.
42 Simple interest 55 The future value of an TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL
each other on key points. Your answers will be there on the cards.
43 Compound interest annuity ANALYSIS A table of values can be drawn up and points plotted to show the
ÎÎ
44 Compounding periods 56 Tables of future value position of a line.
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
3 AT HOME. Read each card thoroughly and make sure you understand 45 Finding the present value factors
all the points. You should also know more detailed information on of a single investment 57 Finding the contribution
65 Scatterplots Graphing software can also be used to draw lines.
ÎÎ
required to produce a 66 Analysing scatterplots
each topic—if you are not completely sure of a topic, revise it in your 46 Compounded values and
Excel Year 12 study guide. comparisons given future value 67 Correlation Example: Draw up a table of Solution: x 0 1 2
58 The present value of an 68 Correlation coefficient values and graph
47 Appreciation and inflation y 5 4 3
annuity 69 A line of best fit
ON YOUR DIGITAL DEVICE. Download a FREE digital copy of these
48 Shares the line y = 5 – x.
3 49 Straight-line depreciation
59 Finding the present value 70 Further lines of fit
cards at www.pascalpress.com.au/free of an annuity 71 The equation of a line of fit
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 4–5
relationship between the quantities. When two equations that represent models of
Dollars
–1
ÎÎ –3 600
equation of the graph can be found. EXAMPLE: The graph shows the lines y = 2x – 5 and
1 equal there is no profit or loss and the
y = x + 1. What is the solution of the Take care to answer the question that
enterprise is said to break even.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Example: What is the equation of the line in the graph? 2 has been asked. Read the question Number sold
1
3 3 equation 2x – 5 = x + 1? carefully so that you know whether
Solution: m = ; c = –2; Equation: y = x – 2 2 the whole simultaneous solution is
required or only, say, the x-value.
example: This graph shows the break-even point is when 30 items
4 4 Solution: x = 4 are sold.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 11–13 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 13–15
y = ax (a > 1) the 5 5
y = ax2 + bx + c (a ≠ 0). equation y = ax2 determines 6 2
2 ÎÎ ÎÎ 2 6
y = –x2
This is an example of
2
‘upside down’.
y = –4x2
1 1 axis of symmetry. −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 x
8
y = –2x2
0
10 x x ÎÎ 9 3
The addition of a
−10 −5 5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2
ÎÎ to ax2 moves the parabola
y = –x2 + 3
−1 8
y = x2 + 3
2
y
constant, c, moves the example: Graphing software has been up (or down if the constant
7 1
6
6
used to graph y = x2 + 2x – 3.
0 x
4 is negative). 5
4
–1
–2
is negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will The axis of symmetry is x = –1.
3
2
3
y = x2
–3
1
y = x2 – 2
–4
–5
−3
−2 −8
y = –x2
−3 −9
−4
−5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS CO NTE NTS (3) CO NTE NTS (1)
Gradient and y-intercept of a line 2
72 Interpolation and 83 Using normal distribution CRITICAL PATH ANALYSIS TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA 13 Parabolas 23 Finding a side with the
The gradient of a line is its slope. It is a measure
ÎÎ y
5 extrapolation tables 95 Activity charts 14 Maximum and minimum cosine rule
of the steepness of the line. 4 TYPES OF RELATIONSHIPS
73 Analysing associations 84 Probabilities 96 Critical paths values 24 Finding an angle with the
3
1 Graphing straight lines
The gradient, m, of a line is given by
ÎÎ 2 74 Causality
TOPIC 5: NETWORKS 97 Forward scanning 2 Gradient and y-intercept
15 Inverse variation cosine rule
vertical change in position
1
16 Reciprocal functions 25 Compass bearings
THE NORMAL 98 Backward scanning of a line
m= . –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
DISTRIBUTION NETWORK CONCEPTS 99 EST and LST, EFT and LFT
26 True bearings
horizontal change in position –1
3 Finding the equation of TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT 27 Compass radial surveys
–2
75 Normally distributed 85 Network definitions 100 Float times a line
The gradient is usually expressed in fractional
ÎÎ –3
–4
variables 86 Further definitions 101 Flows through networks 4 Simultaneous equations
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED 28 Solving problems
form, if necessary as an improper fraction. 76 z-scores 87 Directed networks
TRIGONOMETRY
–5
102 Capacities of edges and 5 Interpretations of the RATES AND RATIOS
77 z-score formula 17 Review of right-angled
The y-intercept, c, is where the line intersects the
ÎÎ 88 Weights vertices point of intersection of trigonometry 1 29 Rates
78 Comparing scores 89 Tables and networks 103 Cuts two lines
vertical axis. 79 Empirical rule
18 Review of right-angled 30 Best buys
90 Trees 104 Maximum flow— 6 Forming equations to trigonometry 2 31 Speed
80 Applications of the 91 Prim’s algorithm minimum cut solve problems
Example: Find the gradient and y-intercept of the line in the graph. 19 The area of a triangle 1 32 Fuel consumption
empirical rule 92 Kruskal’s algorithm 7 Break-even points
20 The area of a triangle 2 33 Units of power and energy
vertical change in position 3 81 Quality control and 93 8 Exponential curves
Solution: m = = ; c = –2 guarantees
Shortest paths
9 Exponential growth
—Heron’s rule 34 Electricity costs
horizontal change in position 2 82 Normal distribution tables
94 Applications 21 Finding a side with the 35 Ratios
10 Exponential decay sine rule
and proportions 36 Solving problems with
11 Quadratic functions 22 Finding an angle with the ratios
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 12 Direct variation sine rule 37 Scale drawings
ÎÎ ÎÎ ÎÎ 5
(for a > 1) y y = ax 4
exponential functions and their graphs form equations. than one point. If parallel the lines will not intersect, 3
are exponential curves. but otherwise there will be one point of intersection.
2
The x-axis is an asymptote of both curves. into an equation or algebraic representation. Simultaneous equations are two or more equations
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
ÎÎ 1 ÎÎ –1
It is a line that the curves approach but do that have the same solution at the same time.
–2
not intersect.
–4
0 1 x represent the variables. This representation should be explained, for A pair of simultaneous equations can be solved
ÎÎ –5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 8–10 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 10–11
parabola opens upwards ( ) and there is a minimum value another. For example, the distance that is travelled at a fixed speed is y = a–x (a > 1) the y=3 +3
5
y = 5(3 )
–x
5
–x
of y. directly proportional to the time taken to travel that distance. y-values become
4 4
ÎÎIf, in the equation y = ax2 + bx + c, a is less than zero the parabola If one quantity, y, directly varies with the square of another, x, then
ÎÎ 2 2
exponential decay.
−4 −3 0 1 2 3 4
symmetry to find the value of x for which there is a maximum or information to find the value of the constant. Then we use that value in
y=3 –2 −1
–x
y = ax (0 < a < 1) is
−2
minimum. Substituting the value of x into the equation gives the the equation when answering other parts of the question. ÎÎ
maximum or minimum value. also an example of exponential decay.
example: Suppose the distance, d m, an object falls varies directly The addition of a constant, c, moves the curve up (or down if c is
ÎÎ
Example: The diagram shows the graph of y = 14x – x2. The with the square of the time, t seconds, it is falling so that d = kt2 where negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will
curve cuts the x-axis at 0 and 14. So the axis of symmetry is x = 7. k is a constant. If the object falls 80 metres in 4 seconds then, when also move up or down.
Substituting into the equation, when x = 7, y = 14 × 7 – 72 = 49. So the t = 4, d = 80. So 80 = k × 42 and hence k = 5. The equation is therefore Multiplying by a positive constant (y = ka–x) changes the shape of the
ÎÎ
maximum value is 49. d = 5t2. curve. The y-intercept changes to k. The asymptote does not change.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 22–23 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 23–24 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 17–20
EXCEL Year 12 MATHS STANDARD 2 PASS CARDS CO NTE NTS (2) T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
This set of cards is designed for Graphing straight lines 1
you to use as the final step in your Your path to success! 38 Building plans 50 Declining-balance 60 Finding the contribution y
revision program. The author has 39 Estimating area depreciation required that is equivalent If x and y are related by the equation y = mx + c
ÎÎ 5
carefully selected the most important facts of the course for you to focus on 40 The trapezoidal rule 51 Flat-rate loans to a given present value then they are in a linear relationship. 4
3
61 Converting between future
just before your exam or test. You can use your Excel Year 12 Pass Cards: 41 Volume of rainfall 52 Reducing-balance loans
value and present value A linear function is a straight line when
ÎÎ 2
y=5–x
53 Credit cards
TOPIC 3: FINANCIAL 62 Formulas and equations graphed. 1
ON THE GO. If you are by yourself, read over each card again and again 54 Calculations with credit
3 MATHEMATICS cards 63 Loan repayments In many practical situations one quantity will
ÎÎ –4 –3 –2 –1 0
–1
1 2 3 4 5 x
until you completely master its content. If you’re with a friend, revise 64 Working with loans vary directly with another. This variation can –2
INVESTMENTS AND LOANS ANNUITIES
as a team by turning the bullet points into questions and quizzing be shown by the graph of a straight line.
42 Simple interest 55 The future value of an TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL
each other on key points. Your answers will be there on the cards.
43 Compound interest annuity ANALYSIS A table of values can be drawn up and points plotted to show the
ÎÎ
44 Compounding periods 56 Tables of future value position of a line.
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
3 AT HOME. Read each card thoroughly and make sure you understand 45 Finding the present value factors
all the points. You should also know more detailed information on of a single investment 57 Finding the contribution
65 Scatterplots Graphing software can also be used to draw lines.
ÎÎ
required to produce a 66 Analysing scatterplots
each topic—if you are not completely sure of a topic, revise it in your 46 Compounded values and
Excel Year 12 study guide. comparisons given future value 67 Correlation Example: Draw up a table of Solution: x 0 1 2
58 The present value of an 68 Correlation coefficient values and graph
47 Appreciation and inflation y 5 4 3
annuity 69 A line of best fit
ON YOUR DIGITAL DEVICE. Download a FREE digital copy of these
48 Shares the line y = 5 – x.
3 49 Straight-line depreciation
59 Finding the present value 70 Further lines of fit
cards at www.pascalpress.com.au/free of an annuity 71 The equation of a line of fit
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 4–5
relationship between the quantities. When two equations that represent models of
Dollars
–1
ÎÎ –3 600
equation of the graph can be found. EXAMPLE: The graph shows the lines y = 2x – 5 and
1 equal there is no profit or loss and the
y = x + 1. What is the solution of the Take care to answer the question that
enterprise is said to break even.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Example: What is the equation of the line in the graph? 2 has been asked. Read the question Number sold
1
3 3 equation 2x – 5 = x + 1? carefully so that you know whether
Solution: m = ; c = –2; Equation: y = x – 2 2 the whole simultaneous solution is
required or only, say, the x-value.
example: This graph shows the break-even point is when 30 items
4 4 Solution: x = 4 are sold.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 11–13 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 13–15
y = ax (a > 1) the 5 5
y = ax2 + bx + c (a ≠ 0). equation y = ax2 determines 6 2
2 ÎÎ ÎÎ 2 6
y = –x2
This is an example of
2
‘upside down’.
y = –4x2
1 1 axis of symmetry. −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 x
8
y = –2x2
0
10 x x ÎÎ 9 3
The addition of a
−10 −5 5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2
ÎÎ to ax2 moves the parabola
y = –x2 + 3
−1 8
y = x2 + 3
2
y
constant, c, moves the example: Graphing software has been up (or down if the constant
7 1
6
6
used to graph y = x2 + 2x – 3.
0 x
4 is negative). 5
4
–1
–2
is negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will The axis of symmetry is x = –1.
3
2
3
y = x2
–3
1
y = x2 – 2
–4
–5
−3
−2 −8
y = –x2
−3 −9
−4
−5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS CO NTE NTS (3) CO NTE NTS (1)
Gradient and y-intercept of a line 2
72 Interpolation and 83 Using normal distribution CRITICAL PATH ANALYSIS TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA 13 Parabolas 23 Finding a side with the
The gradient of a line is its slope. It is a measure
ÎÎ y
5 extrapolation tables 95 Activity charts 14 Maximum and minimum cosine rule
of the steepness of the line. 4 TYPES OF RELATIONSHIPS
73 Analysing associations 84 Probabilities 96 Critical paths values 24 Finding an angle with the
3
1 Graphing straight lines
The gradient, m, of a line is given by
ÎÎ 2 74 Causality
TOPIC 5: NETWORKS 97 Forward scanning 2 Gradient and y-intercept
15 Inverse variation cosine rule
vertical change in position
1
16 Reciprocal functions 25 Compass bearings
THE NORMAL 98 Backward scanning of a line
m= . –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
DISTRIBUTION NETWORK CONCEPTS 99 EST and LST, EFT and LFT
26 True bearings
horizontal change in position –1
3 Finding the equation of TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT 27 Compass radial surveys
–2
75 Normally distributed 85 Network definitions 100 Float times a line
The gradient is usually expressed in fractional
ÎÎ –3
–4
variables 86 Further definitions 101 Flows through networks 4 Simultaneous equations
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED 28 Solving problems
form, if necessary as an improper fraction. 76 z-scores 87 Directed networks
TRIGONOMETRY
–5
102 Capacities of edges and 5 Interpretations of the RATES AND RATIOS
77 z-score formula 17 Review of right-angled
The y-intercept, c, is where the line intersects the
ÎÎ 88 Weights vertices point of intersection of trigonometry 1 29 Rates
78 Comparing scores 89 Tables and networks 103 Cuts two lines
vertical axis. 79 Empirical rule
18 Review of right-angled 30 Best buys
90 Trees 104 Maximum flow— 6 Forming equations to trigonometry 2 31 Speed
80 Applications of the 91 Prim’s algorithm minimum cut solve problems
Example: Find the gradient and y-intercept of the line in the graph. 19 The area of a triangle 1 32 Fuel consumption
empirical rule 92 Kruskal’s algorithm 7 Break-even points
20 The area of a triangle 2 33 Units of power and energy
vertical change in position 3 81 Quality control and 93 8 Exponential curves
Solution: m = = ; c = –2 guarantees
Shortest paths
9 Exponential growth
—Heron’s rule 34 Electricity costs
horizontal change in position 2 82 Normal distribution tables
94 Applications 21 Finding a side with the 35 Ratios
10 Exponential decay sine rule
and proportions 36 Solving problems with
11 Quadratic functions 22 Finding an angle with the ratios
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 12 Direct variation sine rule 37 Scale drawings
ÎÎ ÎÎ ÎÎ 5
(for a > 1) y y = ax 4
exponential functions and their graphs form equations. than one point. If parallel the lines will not intersect, 3
are exponential curves. but otherwise there will be one point of intersection.
2
The x-axis is an asymptote of both curves. into an equation or algebraic representation. Simultaneous equations are two or more equations
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
ÎÎ 1 ÎÎ –1
It is a line that the curves approach but do that have the same solution at the same time.
–2
not intersect.
–4
0 1 x represent the variables. This representation should be explained, for A pair of simultaneous equations can be solved
ÎÎ –5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 8–10 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 10–11
parabola opens upwards ( ) and there is a minimum value another. For example, the distance that is travelled at a fixed speed is y = a–x (a > 1) the y=3 +3
5
y = 5(3 )
–x
5
–x
of y. directly proportional to the time taken to travel that distance. y-values become
4 4
ÎÎIf, in the equation y = ax2 + bx + c, a is less than zero the parabola If one quantity, y, directly varies with the square of another, x, then
ÎÎ 2 2
exponential decay.
−4 −3 0 1 2 3 4
symmetry to find the value of x for which there is a maximum or information to find the value of the constant. Then we use that value in
y=3 –2 −1
–x
y = ax (0 < a < 1) is
−2
minimum. Substituting the value of x into the equation gives the the equation when answering other parts of the question. ÎÎ
maximum or minimum value. also an example of exponential decay.
example: Suppose the distance, d m, an object falls varies directly The addition of a constant, c, moves the curve up (or down if c is
ÎÎ
Example: The diagram shows the graph of y = 14x – x2. The with the square of the time, t seconds, it is falling so that d = kt2 where negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will
curve cuts the x-axis at 0 and 14. So the axis of symmetry is x = 7. k is a constant. If the object falls 80 metres in 4 seconds then, when also move up or down.
Substituting into the equation, when x = 7, y = 14 × 7 – 72 = 49. So the t = 4, d = 80. So 80 = k × 42 and hence k = 5. The equation is therefore Multiplying by a positive constant (y = ka–x) changes the shape of the
ÎÎ
maximum value is 49. d = 5t2. curve. The y-intercept changes to k. The asymptote does not change.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 22–23 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 23–24 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 17–20
EXCEL Year 12 MATHS STANDARD 2 PASS CARDS CO NTE NTS (2) T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
This set of cards is designed for Graphing straight lines 1
you to use as the final step in your Your path to success! 38 Building plans 50 Declining-balance 60 Finding the contribution y
revision program. The author has 39 Estimating area depreciation required that is equivalent If x and y are related by the equation y = mx + c
ÎÎ 5
carefully selected the most important facts of the course for you to focus on 40 The trapezoidal rule 51 Flat-rate loans to a given present value then they are in a linear relationship. 4
3
61 Converting between future
just before your exam or test. You can use your Excel Year 12 Pass Cards: 41 Volume of rainfall 52 Reducing-balance loans
value and present value A linear function is a straight line when
ÎÎ 2
y=5–x
53 Credit cards
TOPIC 3: FINANCIAL 62 Formulas and equations graphed. 1
ON THE GO. If you are by yourself, read over each card again and again 54 Calculations with credit
3 MATHEMATICS cards 63 Loan repayments In many practical situations one quantity will
ÎÎ –4 –3 –2 –1 0
–1
1 2 3 4 5 x
until you completely master its content. If you’re with a friend, revise 64 Working with loans vary directly with another. This variation can –2
INVESTMENTS AND LOANS ANNUITIES
as a team by turning the bullet points into questions and quizzing be shown by the graph of a straight line.
42 Simple interest 55 The future value of an TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL
each other on key points. Your answers will be there on the cards.
43 Compound interest annuity ANALYSIS A table of values can be drawn up and points plotted to show the
ÎÎ
44 Compounding periods 56 Tables of future value position of a line.
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
3 AT HOME. Read each card thoroughly and make sure you understand 45 Finding the present value factors
all the points. You should also know more detailed information on of a single investment 57 Finding the contribution
65 Scatterplots Graphing software can also be used to draw lines.
ÎÎ
required to produce a 66 Analysing scatterplots
each topic—if you are not completely sure of a topic, revise it in your 46 Compounded values and
Excel Year 12 study guide. comparisons given future value 67 Correlation Example: Draw up a table of Solution: x 0 1 2
58 The present value of an 68 Correlation coefficient values and graph
47 Appreciation and inflation y 5 4 3
annuity 69 A line of best fit
ON YOUR DIGITAL DEVICE. Download a FREE digital copy of these
48 Shares the line y = 5 – x.
3 49 Straight-line depreciation
59 Finding the present value 70 Further lines of fit
cards at www.pascalpress.com.au/free of an annuity 71 The equation of a line of fit
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 4–5
relationship between the quantities. When two equations that represent models of
Dollars
–1
ÎÎ –3 600
equation of the graph can be found. EXAMPLE: The graph shows the lines y = 2x – 5 and
1 equal there is no profit or loss and the
y = x + 1. What is the solution of the Take care to answer the question that
enterprise is said to break even.
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80
Example: What is the equation of the line in the graph? 2 has been asked. Read the question Number sold
1
3 3 equation 2x – 5 = x + 1? carefully so that you know whether
Solution: m = ; c = –2; Equation: y = x – 2 2 the whole simultaneous solution is
required or only, say, the x-value.
example: This graph shows the break-even point is when 30 items
4 4 Solution: x = 4 are sold.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 11–13 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 13–15
y = ax (a > 1) the 5 5
y = ax2 + bx + c (a ≠ 0). equation y = ax2 determines 6 2
2 ÎÎ ÎÎ 2 6
y = –x2
This is an example of
2
‘upside down’.
y = –4x2
1 1 axis of symmetry. −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 x
8
y = –2x2
0
10 x x ÎÎ 9 3
The addition of a
−10 −5 5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2
ÎÎ to ax2 moves the parabola
y = –x2 + 3
−1 8
y = x2 + 3
2
y
constant, c, moves the example: Graphing software has been up (or down if the constant
7 1
6
6
used to graph y = x2 + 2x – 3.
0 x
4 is negative). 5
4
–1
–2
is negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will The axis of symmetry is x = –1.
3
2
3
y = x2
–3
1
y = x2 – 2
–4
–5
−3
−2 −8
y = –x2
−3 −9
−4
−5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 20–22
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS CO NTE NTS (3) CO NTE NTS (1)
Gradient and y-intercept of a line 2
72 Interpolation and 83 Using normal distribution CRITICAL PATH ANALYSIS TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA 13 Parabolas 23 Finding a side with the
The gradient of a line is its slope. It is a measure
ÎÎ y
5 extrapolation tables 95 Activity charts 14 Maximum and minimum cosine rule
of the steepness of the line. 4 TYPES OF RELATIONSHIPS
73 Analysing associations 84 Probabilities 96 Critical paths values 24 Finding an angle with the
3
1 Graphing straight lines
The gradient, m, of a line is given by
ÎÎ 2 74 Causality
TOPIC 5: NETWORKS 97 Forward scanning 2 Gradient and y-intercept
15 Inverse variation cosine rule
vertical change in position
1
16 Reciprocal functions 25 Compass bearings
THE NORMAL 98 Backward scanning of a line
m= . –5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
DISTRIBUTION NETWORK CONCEPTS 99 EST and LST, EFT and LFT
26 True bearings
horizontal change in position –1
3 Finding the equation of TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT 27 Compass radial surveys
–2
75 Normally distributed 85 Network definitions 100 Float times a line
The gradient is usually expressed in fractional
ÎÎ –3
–4
variables 86 Further definitions 101 Flows through networks 4 Simultaneous equations
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED 28 Solving problems
form, if necessary as an improper fraction. 76 z-scores 87 Directed networks
TRIGONOMETRY
–5
102 Capacities of edges and 5 Interpretations of the RATES AND RATIOS
77 z-score formula 17 Review of right-angled
The y-intercept, c, is where the line intersects the
ÎÎ 88 Weights vertices point of intersection of trigonometry 1 29 Rates
78 Comparing scores 89 Tables and networks 103 Cuts two lines
vertical axis. 79 Empirical rule
18 Review of right-angled 30 Best buys
90 Trees 104 Maximum flow— 6 Forming equations to trigonometry 2 31 Speed
80 Applications of the 91 Prim’s algorithm minimum cut solve problems
Example: Find the gradient and y-intercept of the line in the graph. 19 The area of a triangle 1 32 Fuel consumption
empirical rule 92 Kruskal’s algorithm 7 Break-even points
20 The area of a triangle 2 33 Units of power and energy
vertical change in position 3 81 Quality control and 93 8 Exponential curves
Solution: m = = ; c = –2 guarantees
Shortest paths
9 Exponential growth
—Heron’s rule 34 Electricity costs
horizontal change in position 2 82 Normal distribution tables
94 Applications 21 Finding a side with the 35 Ratios
10 Exponential decay sine rule
and proportions 36 Solving problems with
11 Quadratic functions 22 Finding an angle with the ratios
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 5–8 12 Direct variation sine rule 37 Scale drawings
ÎÎ ÎÎ ÎÎ 5
(for a > 1) y y = ax 4
exponential functions and their graphs form equations. than one point. If parallel the lines will not intersect, 3
are exponential curves. but otherwise there will be one point of intersection.
2
The x-axis is an asymptote of both curves. into an equation or algebraic representation. Simultaneous equations are two or more equations
–5 –4 –3 –2 –1 0 1 2 3 4 5 x
ÎÎ 1 ÎÎ –1
It is a line that the curves approach but do that have the same solution at the same time.
–2
not intersect.
–4
0 1 x represent the variables. This representation should be explained, for A pair of simultaneous equations can be solved
ÎÎ –5
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 15–17 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 8–10 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 10–11
parabola opens upwards ( ) and there is a minimum value another. For example, the distance that is travelled at a fixed speed is y = a–x (a > 1) the y=3 +3
5
y = 5(3 )
–x
5
–x
of y. directly proportional to the time taken to travel that distance. y-values become
4 4
ÎÎIf, in the equation y = ax2 + bx + c, a is less than zero the parabola If one quantity, y, directly varies with the square of another, x, then
ÎÎ 2 2
exponential decay.
−4 −3 0 1 2 3 4
symmetry to find the value of x for which there is a maximum or information to find the value of the constant. Then we use that value in
y=3 –2 −1
–x
y = ax (0 < a < 1) is
−2
minimum. Substituting the value of x into the equation gives the the equation when answering other parts of the question. ÎÎ
maximum or minimum value. also an example of exponential decay.
example: Suppose the distance, d m, an object falls varies directly The addition of a constant, c, moves the curve up (or down if c is
ÎÎ
Example: The diagram shows the graph of y = 14x – x2. The with the square of the time, t seconds, it is falling so that d = kt2 where negative). The shape of the curve will not change. The asymptote will
curve cuts the x-axis at 0 and 14. So the axis of symmetry is x = 7. k is a constant. If the object falls 80 metres in 4 seconds then, when also move up or down.
Substituting into the equation, when x = 7, y = 14 × 7 – 72 = 49. So the t = 4, d = 80. So 80 = k × 42 and hence k = 5. The equation is therefore Multiplying by a positive constant (y = ka–x) changes the shape of the
ÎÎ
maximum value is 49. d = 5t2. curve. The y-intercept changes to k. The asymptote does not change.
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 22–23 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 23–24 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 17–20
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY
Inverse variation 15 Review of right-angled trigonometry 1 17 The area of a triangle 1 19
B
If two quantities vary inversely with one another, then one would
ÎÎ The hypotenuse is always
ÎÎ
hypotenuse
θ hypotenuse
The area of a triangle can be found by
ÎÎ
become larger as the other becomes smaller. the longest side of a opposite adjacent
multiplying half the base by the h c a
a right-angled triangle. It is 1
If two quantities x and y vary inversely with each other, then y =
ÎÎ θ
adjacent opposite perpendicular height: A = bh. A
where a is a constant. x the side opposite the right 2 b b C
1
angle. The opposite and adjacent sides depend upon the angle being The area of any triangle can be found using the formula A =
ÎÎ ab sin C
Example: The cost per person, $C, to go on a trip varies inversely considered. where C is the angle included between sides a and b. 2
with the number, n, of people travelling. If 30 people travel the cost per opposite adjacent opposite
person is $25. What is the cost per person for 40 people? sin θ =
ÎÎ cos θ = tan θ = EXAMPLE: Find the area of this Solution:
hypotenuse hypotenuse adjacent 1
triangle. A = ab sin C
a 750
Solution: C = ∴C= x 2
n n Example: Find the value of x. Solution:cos 34° =
When n = 30, C = 25 750 7 1
When n = 40, C = = 18.75 = × 16 × 12 × sin 67°
a 40
7m x = 7 cos 34° 12 m 2
25 = = 88 m2 (nearest m2)
30 The cost per person would be $18.75 34°
= 5.8 (1 d.p.) 67°
16 m
a = 750 xm
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 25–27 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 42–43 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46
b ÎÎ
c are the sides opposite, respectively, angles A, B and C. a
N
b
E
N
The cosine rule states: c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos C a south in either an easterly or westerly direction,
W
ÎÎ
EN
WN
E
The sine rule is used to find the side of a triangle
ÎÎ
B where a, b and c are the sides opposite, respectively, e.g. N40°E N70°W S50°E S20°W W E
c A
when two angles and a side are known. B A
WSW
c
ESE
angles A, B and C. N N N N N N N N NN N N N N N N
SW
SE
When using the sine rule we only use two of the three equal
ÎÎ
SSE
SSW
S S S S 20°S 20° S 20°
S S 20° S
40° 40° 40° 40°70° 70° 70°
expressions at one time. That is, we work with pairs of opposite sides Example: Find the length of AB to the nearest metre.
70°50° 50° 50° 50°
B
a 16 2 2 2
c = a + b – 2ab cos C
19 m
Example: From a point X, a helicopter flew N
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 46–47 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 55–56 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 68 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 69–70
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
The area of a triangle 2—Heron’s rule 20 Review of right-angled trigonometry 2 18 Reciprocal functions 16
a
If the lengths of the three sides of a triangle are
ÎÎ 27 m Pythagoras’ theorem applies to any right-angled
ÎÎ y = , where a is a constant, is a
ÎÎ
known then the area can be found by using triangle: c2 = a2 + b2 a c x y
13 m reciprocal function.
Heron’s rule. This states that Angles of elevation and
ÎÎ
a
A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) where s =
a+b+c
.
19 m depression are always measured b The graph of y = is a hyperbola.
ÎÎ
x a a
2 from the horizontal. angle of depression
A hyperbola has two branches. The
y=
x
angle of elevation
EXAMPLE: Find the area of this triangle. x and y axes are asymptotes of the 1
curve. 1 a x
a+b+c Example: A person who is Solution:
Solution: s = Many models of physical phenomena
2 A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) 1.65 m tall casts a shadow, on 1.65 ÎÎ
level ground, 2.3 m in length. tan θ = only use the positive branch of the (a > 0)
13+19+ 27 2.3
= = 29.5 (29.5 13) (29.5 19) (29.5 27) Find the angle 1.65 hyperbola.
2 θ = tan–1
= 29.5 = 113 m2 (nearest m2) of elevation of 1.65 m 2.3
the sun. u
= 36° (nearest degree)
2.3 m
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 43–44 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 27–29
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 47–49
= (68 ÷ 7.2) × 100 km The cheapest rate is $5.30 per kilogram. later in the calculation.
= (42 ÷ 5.6) L/100 km
= 7.5 L/100 km = 944.444 44… km The best buy is 1.5 L for $7.95.
= 940 km (nearest 10 km)
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 70–71 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 68–69 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 52–55
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY
Inverse variation 15 Review of right-angled trigonometry 1 17 The area of a triangle 1 19
B
If two quantities vary inversely with one another, then one would
ÎÎ The hypotenuse is always
ÎÎ
hypotenuse
θ hypotenuse
The area of a triangle can be found by
ÎÎ
become larger as the other becomes smaller. the longest side of a opposite adjacent
multiplying half the base by the h c a
a right-angled triangle. It is 1
If two quantities x and y vary inversely with each other, then y =
ÎÎ θ
adjacent opposite perpendicular height: A = bh. A
where a is a constant. x the side opposite the right 2 b b C
1
angle. The opposite and adjacent sides depend upon the angle being The area of any triangle can be found using the formula A =
ÎÎ ab sin C
Example: The cost per person, $C, to go on a trip varies inversely considered. where C is the angle included between sides a and b. 2
with the number, n, of people travelling. If 30 people travel the cost per opposite adjacent opposite
person is $25. What is the cost per person for 40 people? sin θ =
ÎÎ cos θ = tan θ = EXAMPLE: Find the area of this Solution:
hypotenuse hypotenuse adjacent 1
triangle. A = ab sin C
a 750
Solution: C = ∴C= x 2
n n Example: Find the value of x. Solution:cos 34° =
When n = 30, C = 25 750 7 1
When n = 40, C = = 18.75 = × 16 × 12 × sin 67°
a 40
7m x = 7 cos 34° 12 m 2
25 = = 88 m2 (nearest m2)
30 The cost per person would be $18.75 34°
= 5.8 (1 d.p.) 67°
16 m
a = 750 xm
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 25–27 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 42–43 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46
b ÎÎ
c are the sides opposite, respectively, angles A, B and C. a
N
b
E
N
The cosine rule states: c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos C a south in either an easterly or westerly direction,
W
ÎÎ
EN
WN
E
The sine rule is used to find the side of a triangle
ÎÎ
B where a, b and c are the sides opposite, respectively, e.g. N40°E N70°W S50°E S20°W W E
c A
when two angles and a side are known. B A
WSW
c
ESE
angles A, B and C. N N N N N N N N NN N N N N N N
SW
SE
When using the sine rule we only use two of the three equal
ÎÎ
SSE
SSW
S S S S 20°S 20° S 20°
S S 20° S
40° 40° 40° 40°70° 70° 70°
expressions at one time. That is, we work with pairs of opposite sides Example: Find the length of AB to the nearest metre.
70°50° 50° 50° 50°
B
a 16 2 2 2
c = a + b – 2ab cos C
19 m
Example: From a point X, a helicopter flew N
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 46–47 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 55–56 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 68 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 69–70
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
The area of a triangle 2—Heron’s rule 20 Review of right-angled trigonometry 2 18 Reciprocal functions 16
a
If the lengths of the three sides of a triangle are
ÎÎ 27 m Pythagoras’ theorem applies to any right-angled
ÎÎ y = , where a is a constant, is a
ÎÎ
known then the area can be found by using triangle: c2 = a2 + b2 a c x y
13 m reciprocal function.
Heron’s rule. This states that Angles of elevation and
ÎÎ
a
A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) where s =
a+b+c
.
19 m depression are always measured b The graph of y = is a hyperbola.
ÎÎ
x a a
2 from the horizontal. angle of depression
A hyperbola has two branches. The
y=
x
angle of elevation
EXAMPLE: Find the area of this triangle. x and y axes are asymptotes of the 1
curve. 1 a x
a+b+c Example: A person who is Solution:
Solution: s = Many models of physical phenomena
2 A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) 1.65 m tall casts a shadow, on 1.65 ÎÎ
level ground, 2.3 m in length. tan θ = only use the positive branch of the (a > 0)
13+19+ 27 2.3
= = 29.5 (29.5 13) (29.5 19) (29.5 27) Find the angle 1.65 hyperbola.
2 θ = tan–1
= 29.5 = 113 m2 (nearest m2) of elevation of 1.65 m 2.3
the sun. u
= 36° (nearest degree)
2.3 m
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 43–44 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 27–29
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 47–49
= (68 ÷ 7.2) × 100 km The cheapest rate is $5.30 per kilogram. later in the calculation.
= (42 ÷ 5.6) L/100 km
= 7.5 L/100 km = 944.444 44… km The best buy is 1.5 L for $7.95.
= 940 km (nearest 10 km)
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 70–71 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 68–69 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 52–55
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY
Inverse variation 15 Review of right-angled trigonometry 1 17 The area of a triangle 1 19
B
If two quantities vary inversely with one another, then one would
ÎÎ The hypotenuse is always
ÎÎ
hypotenuse
θ hypotenuse
The area of a triangle can be found by
ÎÎ
become larger as the other becomes smaller. the longest side of a opposite adjacent
multiplying half the base by the h c a
a right-angled triangle. It is 1
If two quantities x and y vary inversely with each other, then y =
ÎÎ θ
adjacent opposite perpendicular height: A = bh. A
where a is a constant. x the side opposite the right 2 b b C
1
angle. The opposite and adjacent sides depend upon the angle being The area of any triangle can be found using the formula A =
ÎÎ ab sin C
Example: The cost per person, $C, to go on a trip varies inversely considered. where C is the angle included between sides a and b. 2
with the number, n, of people travelling. If 30 people travel the cost per opposite adjacent opposite
person is $25. What is the cost per person for 40 people? sin θ =
ÎÎ cos θ = tan θ = EXAMPLE: Find the area of this Solution:
hypotenuse hypotenuse adjacent 1
triangle. A = ab sin C
a 750
Solution: C = ∴C= x 2
n n Example: Find the value of x. Solution:cos 34° =
When n = 30, C = 25 750 7 1
When n = 40, C = = 18.75 = × 16 × 12 × sin 67°
a 40
7m x = 7 cos 34° 12 m 2
25 = = 88 m2 (nearest m2)
30 The cost per person would be $18.75 34°
= 5.8 (1 d.p.) 67°
16 m
a = 750 xm
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 25–27 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 42–43 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46
b ÎÎ
c are the sides opposite, respectively, angles A, B and C. a
N
b
E
N
The cosine rule states: c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos C a south in either an easterly or westerly direction,
W
ÎÎ
EN
WN
E
The sine rule is used to find the side of a triangle
ÎÎ
B where a, b and c are the sides opposite, respectively, e.g. N40°E N70°W S50°E S20°W W E
c A
when two angles and a side are known. B A
WSW
c
ESE
angles A, B and C. N N N N N N N N NN N N N N N N
SW
SE
When using the sine rule we only use two of the three equal
ÎÎ
SSE
SSW
S S S S 20°S 20° S 20°
S S 20° S
40° 40° 40° 40°70° 70° 70°
expressions at one time. That is, we work with pairs of opposite sides Example: Find the length of AB to the nearest metre.
70°50° 50° 50° 50°
B
a 16 2 2 2
c = a + b – 2ab cos C
19 m
Example: From a point X, a helicopter flew N
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 46–47 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 55–56 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 68 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 69–70
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
The area of a triangle 2—Heron’s rule 20 Review of right-angled trigonometry 2 18 Reciprocal functions 16
a
If the lengths of the three sides of a triangle are
ÎÎ 27 m Pythagoras’ theorem applies to any right-angled
ÎÎ y = , where a is a constant, is a
ÎÎ
known then the area can be found by using triangle: c2 = a2 + b2 a c x y
13 m reciprocal function.
Heron’s rule. This states that Angles of elevation and
ÎÎ
a
A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) where s =
a+b+c
.
19 m depression are always measured b The graph of y = is a hyperbola.
ÎÎ
x a a
2 from the horizontal. angle of depression
A hyperbola has two branches. The
y=
x
angle of elevation
EXAMPLE: Find the area of this triangle. x and y axes are asymptotes of the 1
curve. 1 a x
a+b+c Example: A person who is Solution:
Solution: s = Many models of physical phenomena
2 A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) 1.65 m tall casts a shadow, on 1.65 ÎÎ
level ground, 2.3 m in length. tan θ = only use the positive branch of the (a > 0)
13+19+ 27 2.3
= = 29.5 (29.5 13) (29.5 19) (29.5 27) Find the angle 1.65 hyperbola.
2 θ = tan–1
= 29.5 = 113 m2 (nearest m2) of elevation of 1.65 m 2.3
the sun. u
= 36° (nearest degree)
2.3 m
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 43–44 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 27–29
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 47–49
= (68 ÷ 7.2) × 100 km The cheapest rate is $5.30 per kilogram. later in the calculation.
= (42 ÷ 5.6) L/100 km
= 7.5 L/100 km = 944.444 44… km The best buy is 1.5 L for $7.95.
= 940 km (nearest 10 km)
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 70–71 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 68–69 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 52–55
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY
Inverse variation 15 Review of right-angled trigonometry 1 17 The area of a triangle 1 19
B
If two quantities vary inversely with one another, then one would
ÎÎ The hypotenuse is always
ÎÎ
hypotenuse
θ hypotenuse
The area of a triangle can be found by
ÎÎ
become larger as the other becomes smaller. the longest side of a opposite adjacent
multiplying half the base by the h c a
a right-angled triangle. It is 1
If two quantities x and y vary inversely with each other, then y =
ÎÎ θ
adjacent opposite perpendicular height: A = bh. A
where a is a constant. x the side opposite the right 2 b b C
1
angle. The opposite and adjacent sides depend upon the angle being The area of any triangle can be found using the formula A =
ÎÎ ab sin C
Example: The cost per person, $C, to go on a trip varies inversely considered. where C is the angle included between sides a and b. 2
with the number, n, of people travelling. If 30 people travel the cost per opposite adjacent opposite
person is $25. What is the cost per person for 40 people? sin θ =
ÎÎ cos θ = tan θ = EXAMPLE: Find the area of this Solution:
hypotenuse hypotenuse adjacent 1
triangle. A = ab sin C
a 750
Solution: C = ∴C= x 2
n n Example: Find the value of x. Solution:cos 34° =
When n = 30, C = 25 750 7 1
When n = 40, C = = 18.75 = × 16 × 12 × sin 67°
a 40
7m x = 7 cos 34° 12 m 2
25 = = 88 m2 (nearest m2)
30 The cost per person would be $18.75 34°
= 5.8 (1 d.p.) 67°
16 m
a = 750 xm
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 25–27 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 42–43 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46
b ÎÎ
c are the sides opposite, respectively, angles A, B and C. a
N
b
E
N
The cosine rule states: c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos C a south in either an easterly or westerly direction,
W
ÎÎ
EN
WN
E
The sine rule is used to find the side of a triangle
ÎÎ
B where a, b and c are the sides opposite, respectively, e.g. N40°E N70°W S50°E S20°W W E
c A
when two angles and a side are known. B A
WSW
c
ESE
angles A, B and C. N N N N N N N N NN N N N N N N
SW
SE
When using the sine rule we only use two of the three equal
ÎÎ
SSE
SSW
S S S S 20°S 20° S 20°
S S 20° S
40° 40° 40° 40°70° 70° 70°
expressions at one time. That is, we work with pairs of opposite sides Example: Find the length of AB to the nearest metre.
70°50° 50° 50° 50°
B
a 16 2 2 2
c = a + b – 2ab cos C
19 m
Example: From a point X, a helicopter flew N
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 46–47 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 55–56 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 68 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 69–70
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
The area of a triangle 2—Heron’s rule 20 Review of right-angled trigonometry 2 18 Reciprocal functions 16
a
If the lengths of the three sides of a triangle are
ÎÎ 27 m Pythagoras’ theorem applies to any right-angled
ÎÎ y = , where a is a constant, is a
ÎÎ
known then the area can be found by using triangle: c2 = a2 + b2 a c x y
13 m reciprocal function.
Heron’s rule. This states that Angles of elevation and
ÎÎ
a
A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) where s =
a+b+c
.
19 m depression are always measured b The graph of y = is a hyperbola.
ÎÎ
x a a
2 from the horizontal. angle of depression
A hyperbola has two branches. The
y=
x
angle of elevation
EXAMPLE: Find the area of this triangle. x and y axes are asymptotes of the 1
curve. 1 a x
a+b+c Example: A person who is Solution:
Solution: s = Many models of physical phenomena
2 A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) 1.65 m tall casts a shadow, on 1.65 ÎÎ
level ground, 2.3 m in length. tan θ = only use the positive branch of the (a > 0)
13+19+ 27 2.3
= = 29.5 (29.5 13) (29.5 19) (29.5 27) Find the angle 1.65 hyperbola.
2 θ = tan–1
= 29.5 = 113 m2 (nearest m2) of elevation of 1.65 m 2.3
the sun. u
= 36° (nearest degree)
2.3 m
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 43–44 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 27–29
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 47–49
= (68 ÷ 7.2) × 100 km The cheapest rate is $5.30 per kilogram. later in the calculation.
= (42 ÷ 5.6) L/100 km
= 7.5 L/100 km = 944.444 44… km The best buy is 1.5 L for $7.95.
= 940 km (nearest 10 km)
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 70–71 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 68–69 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 52–55
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY
Inverse variation 15 Review of right-angled trigonometry 1 17 The area of a triangle 1 19
B
If two quantities vary inversely with one another, then one would
ÎÎ The hypotenuse is always
ÎÎ
hypotenuse
θ hypotenuse
The area of a triangle can be found by
ÎÎ
become larger as the other becomes smaller. the longest side of a opposite adjacent
multiplying half the base by the h c a
a right-angled triangle. It is 1
If two quantities x and y vary inversely with each other, then y =
ÎÎ θ
adjacent opposite perpendicular height: A = bh. A
where a is a constant. x the side opposite the right 2 b b C
1
angle. The opposite and adjacent sides depend upon the angle being The area of any triangle can be found using the formula A =
ÎÎ ab sin C
Example: The cost per person, $C, to go on a trip varies inversely considered. where C is the angle included between sides a and b. 2
with the number, n, of people travelling. If 30 people travel the cost per opposite adjacent opposite
person is $25. What is the cost per person for 40 people? sin θ =
ÎÎ cos θ = tan θ = EXAMPLE: Find the area of this Solution:
hypotenuse hypotenuse adjacent 1
triangle. A = ab sin C
a 750
Solution: C = ∴C= x 2
n n Example: Find the value of x. Solution:cos 34° =
When n = 30, C = 25 750 7 1
When n = 40, C = = 18.75 = × 16 × 12 × sin 67°
a 40
7m x = 7 cos 34° 12 m 2
25 = = 88 m2 (nearest m2)
30 The cost per person would be $18.75 34°
= 5.8 (1 d.p.) 67°
16 m
a = 750 xm
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 25–27 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 42–43 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46
b ÎÎ
c are the sides opposite, respectively, angles A, B and C. a
N
b
E
N
The cosine rule states: c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos C a south in either an easterly or westerly direction,
W
ÎÎ
EN
WN
E
The sine rule is used to find the side of a triangle
ÎÎ
B where a, b and c are the sides opposite, respectively, e.g. N40°E N70°W S50°E S20°W W E
c A
when two angles and a side are known. B A
WSW
c
ESE
angles A, B and C. N N N N N N N N NN N N N N N N
SW
SE
When using the sine rule we only use two of the three equal
ÎÎ
SSE
SSW
S S S S 20°S 20° S 20°
S S 20° S
40° 40° 40° 40°70° 70° 70°
expressions at one time. That is, we work with pairs of opposite sides Example: Find the length of AB to the nearest metre.
70°50° 50° 50° 50°
B
a 16 2 2 2
c = a + b – 2ab cos C
19 m
Example: From a point X, a helicopter flew N
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 46–47 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 55–56 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 68 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 69–70
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
The area of a triangle 2—Heron’s rule 20 Review of right-angled trigonometry 2 18 Reciprocal functions 16
a
If the lengths of the three sides of a triangle are
ÎÎ 27 m Pythagoras’ theorem applies to any right-angled
ÎÎ y = , where a is a constant, is a
ÎÎ
known then the area can be found by using triangle: c2 = a2 + b2 a c x y
13 m reciprocal function.
Heron’s rule. This states that Angles of elevation and
ÎÎ
a
A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) where s =
a+b+c
.
19 m depression are always measured b The graph of y = is a hyperbola.
ÎÎ
x a a
2 from the horizontal. angle of depression
A hyperbola has two branches. The
y=
x
angle of elevation
EXAMPLE: Find the area of this triangle. x and y axes are asymptotes of the 1
curve. 1 a x
a+b+c Example: A person who is Solution:
Solution: s = Many models of physical phenomena
2 A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) 1.65 m tall casts a shadow, on 1.65 ÎÎ
level ground, 2.3 m in length. tan θ = only use the positive branch of the (a > 0)
13+19+ 27 2.3
= = 29.5 (29.5 13) (29.5 19) (29.5 27) Find the angle 1.65 hyperbola.
2 θ = tan–1
= 29.5 = 113 m2 (nearest m2) of elevation of 1.65 m 2.3
the sun. u
= 36° (nearest degree)
2.3 m
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 43–44 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 27–29
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 47–49
= (68 ÷ 7.2) × 100 km The cheapest rate is $5.30 per kilogram. later in the calculation.
= (42 ÷ 5.6) L/100 km
= 7.5 L/100 km = 944.444 44… km The best buy is 1.5 L for $7.95.
= 940 km (nearest 10 km)
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 70–71 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 68–69 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 52–55
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY
Inverse variation 15 Review of right-angled trigonometry 1 17 The area of a triangle 1 19
B
If two quantities vary inversely with one another, then one would
ÎÎ The hypotenuse is always
ÎÎ
hypotenuse
θ hypotenuse
The area of a triangle can be found by
ÎÎ
become larger as the other becomes smaller. the longest side of a opposite adjacent
multiplying half the base by the h c a
a right-angled triangle. It is 1
If two quantities x and y vary inversely with each other, then y =
ÎÎ θ
adjacent opposite perpendicular height: A = bh. A
where a is a constant. x the side opposite the right 2 b b C
1
angle. The opposite and adjacent sides depend upon the angle being The area of any triangle can be found using the formula A =
ÎÎ ab sin C
Example: The cost per person, $C, to go on a trip varies inversely considered. where C is the angle included between sides a and b. 2
with the number, n, of people travelling. If 30 people travel the cost per opposite adjacent opposite
person is $25. What is the cost per person for 40 people? sin θ =
ÎÎ cos θ = tan θ = EXAMPLE: Find the area of this Solution:
hypotenuse hypotenuse adjacent 1
triangle. A = ab sin C
a 750
Solution: C = ∴C= x 2
n n Example: Find the value of x. Solution:cos 34° =
When n = 30, C = 25 750 7 1
When n = 40, C = = 18.75 = × 16 × 12 × sin 67°
a 40
7m x = 7 cos 34° 12 m 2
25 = = 88 m2 (nearest m2)
30 The cost per person would be $18.75 34°
= 5.8 (1 d.p.) 67°
16 m
a = 750 xm
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 25–27 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 42–43 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46
b ÎÎ
c are the sides opposite, respectively, angles A, B and C. a
N
b
E
N
The cosine rule states: c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos C a south in either an easterly or westerly direction,
W
ÎÎ
EN
WN
E
The sine rule is used to find the side of a triangle
ÎÎ
B where a, b and c are the sides opposite, respectively, e.g. N40°E N70°W S50°E S20°W W E
c A
when two angles and a side are known. B A
WSW
c
ESE
angles A, B and C. N N N N N N N N NN N N N N N N
SW
SE
When using the sine rule we only use two of the three equal
ÎÎ
SSE
SSW
S S S S 20°S 20° S 20°
S S 20° S
40° 40° 40° 40°70° 70° 70°
expressions at one time. That is, we work with pairs of opposite sides Example: Find the length of AB to the nearest metre.
70°50° 50° 50° 50°
B
a 16 2 2 2
c = a + b – 2ab cos C
19 m
Example: From a point X, a helicopter flew N
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 46–47 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 55–56 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 68 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 69–70
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
The area of a triangle 2—Heron’s rule 20 Review of right-angled trigonometry 2 18 Reciprocal functions 16
a
If the lengths of the three sides of a triangle are
ÎÎ 27 m Pythagoras’ theorem applies to any right-angled
ÎÎ y = , where a is a constant, is a
ÎÎ
known then the area can be found by using triangle: c2 = a2 + b2 a c x y
13 m reciprocal function.
Heron’s rule. This states that Angles of elevation and
ÎÎ
a
A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) where s =
a+b+c
.
19 m depression are always measured b The graph of y = is a hyperbola.
ÎÎ
x a a
2 from the horizontal. angle of depression
A hyperbola has two branches. The
y=
x
angle of elevation
EXAMPLE: Find the area of this triangle. x and y axes are asymptotes of the 1
curve. 1 a x
a+b+c Example: A person who is Solution:
Solution: s = Many models of physical phenomena
2 A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) 1.65 m tall casts a shadow, on 1.65 ÎÎ
level ground, 2.3 m in length. tan θ = only use the positive branch of the (a > 0)
13+19+ 27 2.3
= = 29.5 (29.5 13) (29.5 19) (29.5 27) Find the angle 1.65 hyperbola.
2 θ = tan–1
= 29.5 = 113 m2 (nearest m2) of elevation of 1.65 m 2.3
the sun. u
= 36° (nearest degree)
2.3 m
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 43–44 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 27–29
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 47–49
= (68 ÷ 7.2) × 100 km The cheapest rate is $5.30 per kilogram. later in the calculation.
= (42 ÷ 5.6) L/100 km
= 7.5 L/100 km = 944.444 44… km The best buy is 1.5 L for $7.95.
= 940 km (nearest 10 km)
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 70–71 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 68–69 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 52–55
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY
Inverse variation 15 Review of right-angled trigonometry 1 17 The area of a triangle 1 19
B
If two quantities vary inversely with one another, then one would
ÎÎ The hypotenuse is always
ÎÎ
hypotenuse
θ hypotenuse
The area of a triangle can be found by
ÎÎ
become larger as the other becomes smaller. the longest side of a opposite adjacent
multiplying half the base by the h c a
a right-angled triangle. It is 1
If two quantities x and y vary inversely with each other, then y =
ÎÎ θ
adjacent opposite perpendicular height: A = bh. A
where a is a constant. x the side opposite the right 2 b b C
1
angle. The opposite and adjacent sides depend upon the angle being The area of any triangle can be found using the formula A =
ÎÎ ab sin C
Example: The cost per person, $C, to go on a trip varies inversely considered. where C is the angle included between sides a and b. 2
with the number, n, of people travelling. If 30 people travel the cost per opposite adjacent opposite
person is $25. What is the cost per person for 40 people? sin θ =
ÎÎ cos θ = tan θ = EXAMPLE: Find the area of this Solution:
hypotenuse hypotenuse adjacent 1
triangle. A = ab sin C
a 750
Solution: C = ∴C= x 2
n n Example: Find the value of x. Solution:cos 34° =
When n = 30, C = 25 750 7 1
When n = 40, C = = 18.75 = × 16 × 12 × sin 67°
a 40
7m x = 7 cos 34° 12 m 2
25 = = 88 m2 (nearest m2)
30 The cost per person would be $18.75 34°
= 5.8 (1 d.p.) 67°
16 m
a = 750 xm
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 25–27 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 42–43 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46
b ÎÎ
c are the sides opposite, respectively, angles A, B and C. a
N
b
E
N
The cosine rule states: c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos C a south in either an easterly or westerly direction,
W
ÎÎ
EN
WN
E
The sine rule is used to find the side of a triangle
ÎÎ
B where a, b and c are the sides opposite, respectively, e.g. N40°E N70°W S50°E S20°W W E
c A
when two angles and a side are known. B A
WSW
c
ESE
angles A, B and C. N N N N N N N N NN N N N N N N
SW
SE
When using the sine rule we only use two of the three equal
ÎÎ
SSE
SSW
S S S S 20°S 20° S 20°
S S 20° S
40° 40° 40° 40°70° 70° 70°
expressions at one time. That is, we work with pairs of opposite sides Example: Find the length of AB to the nearest metre.
70°50° 50° 50° 50°
B
a 16 2 2 2
c = a + b – 2ab cos C
19 m
Example: From a point X, a helicopter flew N
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 46–47 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 55–56 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 68 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 69–70
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
The area of a triangle 2—Heron’s rule 20 Review of right-angled trigonometry 2 18 Reciprocal functions 16
a
If the lengths of the three sides of a triangle are
ÎÎ 27 m Pythagoras’ theorem applies to any right-angled
ÎÎ y = , where a is a constant, is a
ÎÎ
known then the area can be found by using triangle: c2 = a2 + b2 a c x y
13 m reciprocal function.
Heron’s rule. This states that Angles of elevation and
ÎÎ
a
A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) where s =
a+b+c
.
19 m depression are always measured b The graph of y = is a hyperbola.
ÎÎ
x a a
2 from the horizontal. angle of depression
A hyperbola has two branches. The
y=
x
angle of elevation
EXAMPLE: Find the area of this triangle. x and y axes are asymptotes of the 1
curve. 1 a x
a+b+c Example: A person who is Solution:
Solution: s = Many models of physical phenomena
2 A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) 1.65 m tall casts a shadow, on 1.65 ÎÎ
level ground, 2.3 m in length. tan θ = only use the positive branch of the (a > 0)
13+19+ 27 2.3
= = 29.5 (29.5 13) (29.5 19) (29.5 27) Find the angle 1.65 hyperbola.
2 θ = tan–1
= 29.5 = 113 m2 (nearest m2) of elevation of 1.65 m 2.3
the sun. u
= 36° (nearest degree)
2.3 m
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 43–44 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 27–29
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 47–49
= (68 ÷ 7.2) × 100 km The cheapest rate is $5.30 per kilogram. later in the calculation.
= (42 ÷ 5.6) L/100 km
= 7.5 L/100 km = 944.444 44… km The best buy is 1.5 L for $7.95.
= 940 km (nearest 10 km)
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 70–71 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 68–69 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 52–55
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY
Inverse variation 15 Review of right-angled trigonometry 1 17 The area of a triangle 1 19
B
If two quantities vary inversely with one another, then one would
ÎÎ The hypotenuse is always
ÎÎ
hypotenuse
θ hypotenuse
The area of a triangle can be found by
ÎÎ
become larger as the other becomes smaller. the longest side of a opposite adjacent
multiplying half the base by the h c a
a right-angled triangle. It is 1
If two quantities x and y vary inversely with each other, then y =
ÎÎ θ
adjacent opposite perpendicular height: A = bh. A
where a is a constant. x the side opposite the right 2 b b C
1
angle. The opposite and adjacent sides depend upon the angle being The area of any triangle can be found using the formula A =
ÎÎ ab sin C
Example: The cost per person, $C, to go on a trip varies inversely considered. where C is the angle included between sides a and b. 2
with the number, n, of people travelling. If 30 people travel the cost per opposite adjacent opposite
person is $25. What is the cost per person for 40 people? sin θ =
ÎÎ cos θ = tan θ = EXAMPLE: Find the area of this Solution:
hypotenuse hypotenuse adjacent 1
triangle. A = ab sin C
a 750
Solution: C = ∴C= x 2
n n Example: Find the value of x. Solution:cos 34° =
When n = 30, C = 25 750 7 1
When n = 40, C = = 18.75 = × 16 × 12 × sin 67°
a 40
7m x = 7 cos 34° 12 m 2
25 = = 88 m2 (nearest m2)
30 The cost per person would be $18.75 34°
= 5.8 (1 d.p.) 67°
16 m
a = 750 xm
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 25–27 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 42–43 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46
b ÎÎ
c are the sides opposite, respectively, angles A, B and C. a
N
b
E
N
The cosine rule states: c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos C a south in either an easterly or westerly direction,
W
ÎÎ
EN
WN
E
The sine rule is used to find the side of a triangle
ÎÎ
B where a, b and c are the sides opposite, respectively, e.g. N40°E N70°W S50°E S20°W W E
c A
when two angles and a side are known. B A
WSW
c
ESE
angles A, B and C. N N N N N N N N NN N N N N N N
SW
SE
When using the sine rule we only use two of the three equal
ÎÎ
SSE
SSW
S S S S 20°S 20° S 20°
S S 20° S
40° 40° 40° 40°70° 70° 70°
expressions at one time. That is, we work with pairs of opposite sides Example: Find the length of AB to the nearest metre.
70°50° 50° 50° 50°
B
a 16 2 2 2
c = a + b – 2ab cos C
19 m
Example: From a point X, a helicopter flew N
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 46–47 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 55–56 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 68 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 69–70
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
The area of a triangle 2—Heron’s rule 20 Review of right-angled trigonometry 2 18 Reciprocal functions 16
a
If the lengths of the three sides of a triangle are
ÎÎ 27 m Pythagoras’ theorem applies to any right-angled
ÎÎ y = , where a is a constant, is a
ÎÎ
known then the area can be found by using triangle: c2 = a2 + b2 a c x y
13 m reciprocal function.
Heron’s rule. This states that Angles of elevation and
ÎÎ
a
A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) where s =
a+b+c
.
19 m depression are always measured b The graph of y = is a hyperbola.
ÎÎ
x a a
2 from the horizontal. angle of depression
A hyperbola has two branches. The
y=
x
angle of elevation
EXAMPLE: Find the area of this triangle. x and y axes are asymptotes of the 1
curve. 1 a x
a+b+c Example: A person who is Solution:
Solution: s = Many models of physical phenomena
2 A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) 1.65 m tall casts a shadow, on 1.65 ÎÎ
level ground, 2.3 m in length. tan θ = only use the positive branch of the (a > 0)
13+19+ 27 2.3
= = 29.5 (29.5 13) (29.5 19) (29.5 27) Find the angle 1.65 hyperbola.
2 θ = tan–1
= 29.5 = 113 m2 (nearest m2) of elevation of 1.65 m 2.3
the sun. u
= 36° (nearest degree)
2.3 m
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 43–44 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 27–29
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 47–49
= (68 ÷ 7.2) × 100 km The cheapest rate is $5.30 per kilogram. later in the calculation.
= (42 ÷ 5.6) L/100 km
= 7.5 L/100 km = 944.444 44… km The best buy is 1.5 L for $7.95.
= 940 km (nearest 10 km)
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 70–71 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 68–69 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 52–55
T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY
Inverse variation 15 Review of right-angled trigonometry 1 17 The area of a triangle 1 19
B
If two quantities vary inversely with one another, then one would
ÎÎ The hypotenuse is always
ÎÎ
hypotenuse
θ hypotenuse
The area of a triangle can be found by
ÎÎ
become larger as the other becomes smaller. the longest side of a opposite adjacent
multiplying half the base by the h c a
a right-angled triangle. It is 1
If two quantities x and y vary inversely with each other, then y =
ÎÎ θ
adjacent opposite perpendicular height: A = bh. A
where a is a constant. x the side opposite the right 2 b b C
1
angle. The opposite and adjacent sides depend upon the angle being The area of any triangle can be found using the formula A =
ÎÎ ab sin C
Example: The cost per person, $C, to go on a trip varies inversely considered. where C is the angle included between sides a and b. 2
with the number, n, of people travelling. If 30 people travel the cost per opposite adjacent opposite
person is $25. What is the cost per person for 40 people? sin θ =
ÎÎ cos θ = tan θ = EXAMPLE: Find the area of this Solution:
hypotenuse hypotenuse adjacent 1
triangle. A = ab sin C
a 750
Solution: C = ∴C= x 2
n n Example: Find the value of x. Solution:cos 34° =
When n = 30, C = 25 750 7 1
When n = 40, C = = 18.75 = × 16 × 12 × sin 67°
a 40
7m x = 7 cos 34° 12 m 2
25 = = 88 m2 (nearest m2)
30 The cost per person would be $18.75 34°
= 5.8 (1 d.p.) 67°
16 m
a = 750 xm
TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 25–27 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 42–43 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46
b ÎÎ
c are the sides opposite, respectively, angles A, B and C. a
N
b
E
N
The cosine rule states: c2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab cos C a south in either an easterly or westerly direction,
W
ÎÎ
EN
WN
E
The sine rule is used to find the side of a triangle
ÎÎ
B where a, b and c are the sides opposite, respectively, e.g. N40°E N70°W S50°E S20°W W E
c A
when two angles and a side are known. B A
WSW
c
ESE
angles A, B and C. N N N N N N N N NN N N N N N N
SW
SE
When using the sine rule we only use two of the three equal
ÎÎ
SSE
SSW
S S S S 20°S 20° S 20°
S S 20° S
40° 40° 40° 40°70° 70° 70°
expressions at one time. That is, we work with pairs of opposite sides Example: Find the length of AB to the nearest metre.
70°50° 50° 50° 50°
B
a 16 2 2 2
c = a + b – 2ab cos C
19 m
Example: From a point X, a helicopter flew N
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 46–47 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 55–56 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 68 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 69–70
NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY NON-RIGHT-ANGLED TRIGONOMETRY T YPES OF REL ATIONSHIPS
The area of a triangle 2—Heron’s rule 20 Review of right-angled trigonometry 2 18 Reciprocal functions 16
a
If the lengths of the three sides of a triangle are
ÎÎ 27 m Pythagoras’ theorem applies to any right-angled
ÎÎ y = , where a is a constant, is a
ÎÎ
known then the area can be found by using triangle: c2 = a2 + b2 a c x y
13 m reciprocal function.
Heron’s rule. This states that Angles of elevation and
ÎÎ
a
A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) where s =
a+b+c
.
19 m depression are always measured b The graph of y = is a hyperbola.
ÎÎ
x a a
2 from the horizontal. angle of depression
A hyperbola has two branches. The
y=
x
angle of elevation
EXAMPLE: Find the area of this triangle. x and y axes are asymptotes of the 1
curve. 1 a x
a+b+c Example: A person who is Solution:
Solution: s = Many models of physical phenomena
2 A = s(s a)(s b)(s c) 1.65 m tall casts a shadow, on 1.65 ÎÎ
level ground, 2.3 m in length. tan θ = only use the positive branch of the (a > 0)
13+19+ 27 2.3
= = 29.5 (29.5 13) (29.5 19) (29.5 27) Find the angle 1.65 hyperbola.
2 θ = tan–1
= 29.5 = 113 m2 (nearest m2) of elevation of 1.65 m 2.3
the sun. u
= 36° (nearest degree)
2.3 m
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 45–46 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 43–44 TOPIC 1: ALGEBRA See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 27–29
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 50–52 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 49–50 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 47–49
= (68 ÷ 7.2) × 100 km The cheapest rate is $5.30 per kilogram. later in the calculation.
= (42 ÷ 5.6) L/100 km
= 7.5 L/100 km = 944.444 44… km The best buy is 1.5 L for $7.95.
= 940 km (nearest 10 km)
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 70–71 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 68–69 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 52–55
R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS
Units of power and energy 33 Ratios 35 Scale drawings 37
The joule is a unit of energy (or work).
ÎÎ Name Symbol Meaning A ratio compares quantities of the same kind.
ÎÎ A plan is said to be drawn to scale if all measurements are in the same
ÎÎ
The watt is a unit of power. One watt is
ÎÎ milliwatt mW 1
or 10–3 Order is important in a ratio. A ratio of 3 : 5 is different to a ratio of
ÎÎ proportions as the original.
equal to one joule per second. 1000 5 : 3. If a diagram is drawn to scale, and the scale known, then by careful
ÎÎ
Power is the rate at which energy is
ÎÎ watt W 1 or 100
A ratio is expressed in simplest form if expressed using whole
ÎÎ measurement and calculation all actual measurements can be found.
changing. kilowatt kW 1000 or 103 numbers that have no common factors. Aerial photographs are an example of scale diagrams. It is possible to
ÎÎ
The symbol for the watt is W.
ÎÎ megawatt MW 1 000 000 or 106
The units used in a ratio must be the same. For example, the ratio of
ÎÎ find distances by calculating the scale from features of a photograph.
A watt is a standard unit in the
ÎÎ
gigawatt GW 1 000 000 000 or 109
20 g to 1 kg is not 20 : 1. It is 20 : 1000 or, when simplified, 1 : 50. Tools in computer programs or online resources can also provide
ÎÎ
International System of Units (SI). Like information about distances and directions.
other standard units, standard prefixes such as milli- (one-thousandth) Example: A box holds 15 red, 12 blue and 9 white balls. What is the
and kilo- (one thousand) apply. ratio of blue to red to white? Example: The distance Solution: Actual distance
Solution: Required ratio = 12 : 15 : 9 between two points on a = 500 000 × 3.5 cm
Example: 28.75 GW is how many kilowatts? = 4:5:3 map is 3.5 cm. If the scale is = 1 750 000 cm
Solution: 28.75 GW =
28 750 000 000 W 1 : 500 000, what is the actual = 17 500 m
= 28 750 000 kW distance between the points? = 17.5 km
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 73–76 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 76–77 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 78–81
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–82 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 85–86 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 97–98
MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 98–99 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 103–104
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS
Building plans 38 Solving problems with ratios 36 Electricity costs 34
Floor plans for buildings show the layout of rooms
ÎÎ Ratios can be expressed as fractions and problems solved using
ÎÎ A watt hour (Wh or W-h) is a measurement of energy used. Most
ÎÎ
and measurements. All measurements are in Pty
F properties of fractions. often used to measure electricity, it is the energy used by an appliance
millimetres. When dividing in a given ratio, an amount is divided by the total
ÎÎ drawing one watt for one hour.
Common symbols and abbreviations need to be
ÎÎ number of parts in the ratio and then the required share of the amount A more common measurement is the kilowatt-hour (kWh or kW-h)
ÎÎ
3400
understood. Kitchen
is found for each component of the ratio. For example, if $80 is divided which is 1000 watt-hours. 1 kWh = 1000 Wh
An elevation view shows how the building will look.
ÎÎ in the ratio 3 : 5 each part is $80 ÷ (3 + 5) = $10. So the first share is Amounts of some types of energy are given in joules or megajoules,
ÎÎ
Elevations might be numbered or named for the 3 × $10 = $30 and the second share is 5 × $10 = $50. but these units are rarely used to measure electricity.
direction in which they face.
A site plan shows the position of any buildings and
ÎÎ
2800
Example: The ratio of cars to trucks owned by a company is 8 to 3. Example: Find the cost, to the Solution: Electricity used
other features of the land. If there are 209 cars and trucks altogether, how many trucks are there? nearest dollar, of using a 120- = 0.12 kW × 6 h × 90
3 watt electric blanket for 6 hours = 64.8 kWh
Solution: Number of trucks = × 209
Example: The diagram shows the plan of a kitchen that is 11 a night for 90 nights if electricity Cost = 64.8 × $0.326
2.8 m by 3.4 m. The cooktop is found about halfway along the left side = 57 costs 32.6 c/kWh. = $21 (nearest dollar)
of the kitchen and the refrigerator is at the top right.
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 82–85 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 77–78 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 74–76
78 m
6% p.a. compounded quarterly, then interest is added to the amount time expressed as a decimal and n is the number of time periods. Example: Use three applications of the Trapezoidal rule
four times every year. The compounding period is 5 × 4 quarters or to estimate the area of this paddock.
145 m
20 quarters and the interest rate is (6 ÷ 4)% per quarter or 1.5% per EXAMPLE: Find the amount Solution: Solution: 3 applications; h = 399 ÷ 3 = 133
quarter. of simple interest paid on an P = $12 000, r = 0.07, n = 6
399 m
133 133 133
147 m
Although r is expressed as a decimal it
investment of $12 000 for 6 years I = Prn Area ≈
(101 + 147) + (147 + 145) + (145 + 78)
0.06 at 7% p.a. simple interest. = $12 000 × 0.07 × 6 2 2 2
can be left in a form such as r = .
4
= $5040 = 50 739.5 m2
101 m
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 100–102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 97 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–85
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 73–76 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 76–77 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 78–81
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–82 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 85–86 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 97–98
MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 98–99 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 103–104
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS
Building plans 38 Solving problems with ratios 36 Electricity costs 34
Floor plans for buildings show the layout of rooms
ÎÎ Ratios can be expressed as fractions and problems solved using
ÎÎ A watt hour (Wh or W-h) is a measurement of energy used. Most
ÎÎ
and measurements. All measurements are in Pty
F properties of fractions. often used to measure electricity, it is the energy used by an appliance
millimetres. When dividing in a given ratio, an amount is divided by the total
ÎÎ drawing one watt for one hour.
Common symbols and abbreviations need to be
ÎÎ number of parts in the ratio and then the required share of the amount A more common measurement is the kilowatt-hour (kWh or kW-h)
ÎÎ
3400
understood. Kitchen
is found for each component of the ratio. For example, if $80 is divided which is 1000 watt-hours. 1 kWh = 1000 Wh
An elevation view shows how the building will look.
ÎÎ in the ratio 3 : 5 each part is $80 ÷ (3 + 5) = $10. So the first share is Amounts of some types of energy are given in joules or megajoules,
ÎÎ
Elevations might be numbered or named for the 3 × $10 = $30 and the second share is 5 × $10 = $50. but these units are rarely used to measure electricity.
direction in which they face.
A site plan shows the position of any buildings and
ÎÎ
2800
Example: The ratio of cars to trucks owned by a company is 8 to 3. Example: Find the cost, to the Solution: Electricity used
other features of the land. If there are 209 cars and trucks altogether, how many trucks are there? nearest dollar, of using a 120- = 0.12 kW × 6 h × 90
3 watt electric blanket for 6 hours = 64.8 kWh
Solution: Number of trucks = × 209
Example: The diagram shows the plan of a kitchen that is 11 a night for 90 nights if electricity Cost = 64.8 × $0.326
2.8 m by 3.4 m. The cooktop is found about halfway along the left side = 57 costs 32.6 c/kWh. = $21 (nearest dollar)
of the kitchen and the refrigerator is at the top right.
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 82–85 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 77–78 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 74–76
78 m
6% p.a. compounded quarterly, then interest is added to the amount time expressed as a decimal and n is the number of time periods. Example: Use three applications of the Trapezoidal rule
four times every year. The compounding period is 5 × 4 quarters or to estimate the area of this paddock.
145 m
20 quarters and the interest rate is (6 ÷ 4)% per quarter or 1.5% per EXAMPLE: Find the amount Solution: Solution: 3 applications; h = 399 ÷ 3 = 133
quarter. of simple interest paid on an P = $12 000, r = 0.07, n = 6
399 m
133 133 133
147 m
Although r is expressed as a decimal it
investment of $12 000 for 6 years I = Prn Area ≈
(101 + 147) + (147 + 145) + (145 + 78)
0.06 at 7% p.a. simple interest. = $12 000 × 0.07 × 6 2 2 2
can be left in a form such as r = .
4
= $5040 = 50 739.5 m2
101 m
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 100–102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 97 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–85
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 73–76 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 76–77 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 78–81
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–82 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 85–86 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 97–98
MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 98–99 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 103–104
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS
Building plans 38 Solving problems with ratios 36 Electricity costs 34
Floor plans for buildings show the layout of rooms
ÎÎ Ratios can be expressed as fractions and problems solved using
ÎÎ A watt hour (Wh or W-h) is a measurement of energy used. Most
ÎÎ
and measurements. All measurements are in Pty
F properties of fractions. often used to measure electricity, it is the energy used by an appliance
millimetres. When dividing in a given ratio, an amount is divided by the total
ÎÎ drawing one watt for one hour.
Common symbols and abbreviations need to be
ÎÎ number of parts in the ratio and then the required share of the amount A more common measurement is the kilowatt-hour (kWh or kW-h)
ÎÎ
3400
understood. Kitchen
is found for each component of the ratio. For example, if $80 is divided which is 1000 watt-hours. 1 kWh = 1000 Wh
An elevation view shows how the building will look.
ÎÎ in the ratio 3 : 5 each part is $80 ÷ (3 + 5) = $10. So the first share is Amounts of some types of energy are given in joules or megajoules,
ÎÎ
Elevations might be numbered or named for the 3 × $10 = $30 and the second share is 5 × $10 = $50. but these units are rarely used to measure electricity.
direction in which they face.
A site plan shows the position of any buildings and
ÎÎ
2800
Example: The ratio of cars to trucks owned by a company is 8 to 3. Example: Find the cost, to the Solution: Electricity used
other features of the land. If there are 209 cars and trucks altogether, how many trucks are there? nearest dollar, of using a 120- = 0.12 kW × 6 h × 90
3 watt electric blanket for 6 hours = 64.8 kWh
Solution: Number of trucks = × 209
Example: The diagram shows the plan of a kitchen that is 11 a night for 90 nights if electricity Cost = 64.8 × $0.326
2.8 m by 3.4 m. The cooktop is found about halfway along the left side = 57 costs 32.6 c/kWh. = $21 (nearest dollar)
of the kitchen and the refrigerator is at the top right.
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 82–85 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 77–78 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 74–76
78 m
6% p.a. compounded quarterly, then interest is added to the amount time expressed as a decimal and n is the number of time periods. Example: Use three applications of the Trapezoidal rule
four times every year. The compounding period is 5 × 4 quarters or to estimate the area of this paddock.
145 m
20 quarters and the interest rate is (6 ÷ 4)% per quarter or 1.5% per EXAMPLE: Find the amount Solution: Solution: 3 applications; h = 399 ÷ 3 = 133
quarter. of simple interest paid on an P = $12 000, r = 0.07, n = 6
399 m
133 133 133
147 m
Although r is expressed as a decimal it
investment of $12 000 for 6 years I = Prn Area ≈
(101 + 147) + (147 + 145) + (145 + 78)
0.06 at 7% p.a. simple interest. = $12 000 × 0.07 × 6 2 2 2
can be left in a form such as r = .
4
= $5040 = 50 739.5 m2
101 m
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 100–102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 97 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–85
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 73–76 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 76–77 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 78–81
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–82 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 85–86 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 97–98
MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 98–99 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 103–104
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS
Building plans 38 Solving problems with ratios 36 Electricity costs 34
Floor plans for buildings show the layout of rooms
ÎÎ Ratios can be expressed as fractions and problems solved using
ÎÎ A watt hour (Wh or W-h) is a measurement of energy used. Most
ÎÎ
and measurements. All measurements are in Pty
F properties of fractions. often used to measure electricity, it is the energy used by an appliance
millimetres. When dividing in a given ratio, an amount is divided by the total
ÎÎ drawing one watt for one hour.
Common symbols and abbreviations need to be
ÎÎ number of parts in the ratio and then the required share of the amount A more common measurement is the kilowatt-hour (kWh or kW-h)
ÎÎ
3400
understood. Kitchen
is found for each component of the ratio. For example, if $80 is divided which is 1000 watt-hours. 1 kWh = 1000 Wh
An elevation view shows how the building will look.
ÎÎ in the ratio 3 : 5 each part is $80 ÷ (3 + 5) = $10. So the first share is Amounts of some types of energy are given in joules or megajoules,
ÎÎ
Elevations might be numbered or named for the 3 × $10 = $30 and the second share is 5 × $10 = $50. but these units are rarely used to measure electricity.
direction in which they face.
A site plan shows the position of any buildings and
ÎÎ
2800
Example: The ratio of cars to trucks owned by a company is 8 to 3. Example: Find the cost, to the Solution: Electricity used
other features of the land. If there are 209 cars and trucks altogether, how many trucks are there? nearest dollar, of using a 120- = 0.12 kW × 6 h × 90
3 watt electric blanket for 6 hours = 64.8 kWh
Solution: Number of trucks = × 209
Example: The diagram shows the plan of a kitchen that is 11 a night for 90 nights if electricity Cost = 64.8 × $0.326
2.8 m by 3.4 m. The cooktop is found about halfway along the left side = 57 costs 32.6 c/kWh. = $21 (nearest dollar)
of the kitchen and the refrigerator is at the top right.
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 82–85 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 77–78 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 74–76
78 m
6% p.a. compounded quarterly, then interest is added to the amount time expressed as a decimal and n is the number of time periods. Example: Use three applications of the Trapezoidal rule
four times every year. The compounding period is 5 × 4 quarters or to estimate the area of this paddock.
145 m
20 quarters and the interest rate is (6 ÷ 4)% per quarter or 1.5% per EXAMPLE: Find the amount Solution: Solution: 3 applications; h = 399 ÷ 3 = 133
quarter. of simple interest paid on an P = $12 000, r = 0.07, n = 6
399 m
133 133 133
147 m
Although r is expressed as a decimal it
investment of $12 000 for 6 years I = Prn Area ≈
(101 + 147) + (147 + 145) + (145 + 78)
0.06 at 7% p.a. simple interest. = $12 000 × 0.07 × 6 2 2 2
can be left in a form such as r = .
4
= $5040 = 50 739.5 m2
101 m
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 100–102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 97 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–85
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 73–76 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 76–77 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 78–81
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–82 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 85–86 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 97–98
MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 98–99 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 103–104
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS
Building plans 38 Solving problems with ratios 36 Electricity costs 34
Floor plans for buildings show the layout of rooms
ÎÎ Ratios can be expressed as fractions and problems solved using
ÎÎ A watt hour (Wh or W-h) is a measurement of energy used. Most
ÎÎ
and measurements. All measurements are in Pty
F properties of fractions. often used to measure electricity, it is the energy used by an appliance
millimetres. When dividing in a given ratio, an amount is divided by the total
ÎÎ drawing one watt for one hour.
Common symbols and abbreviations need to be
ÎÎ number of parts in the ratio and then the required share of the amount A more common measurement is the kilowatt-hour (kWh or kW-h)
ÎÎ
3400
understood. Kitchen
is found for each component of the ratio. For example, if $80 is divided which is 1000 watt-hours. 1 kWh = 1000 Wh
An elevation view shows how the building will look.
ÎÎ in the ratio 3 : 5 each part is $80 ÷ (3 + 5) = $10. So the first share is Amounts of some types of energy are given in joules or megajoules,
ÎÎ
Elevations might be numbered or named for the 3 × $10 = $30 and the second share is 5 × $10 = $50. but these units are rarely used to measure electricity.
direction in which they face.
A site plan shows the position of any buildings and
ÎÎ
2800
Example: The ratio of cars to trucks owned by a company is 8 to 3. Example: Find the cost, to the Solution: Electricity used
other features of the land. If there are 209 cars and trucks altogether, how many trucks are there? nearest dollar, of using a 120- = 0.12 kW × 6 h × 90
3 watt electric blanket for 6 hours = 64.8 kWh
Solution: Number of trucks = × 209
Example: The diagram shows the plan of a kitchen that is 11 a night for 90 nights if electricity Cost = 64.8 × $0.326
2.8 m by 3.4 m. The cooktop is found about halfway along the left side = 57 costs 32.6 c/kWh. = $21 (nearest dollar)
of the kitchen and the refrigerator is at the top right.
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 82–85 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 77–78 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 74–76
78 m
6% p.a. compounded quarterly, then interest is added to the amount time expressed as a decimal and n is the number of time periods. Example: Use three applications of the Trapezoidal rule
four times every year. The compounding period is 5 × 4 quarters or to estimate the area of this paddock.
145 m
20 quarters and the interest rate is (6 ÷ 4)% per quarter or 1.5% per EXAMPLE: Find the amount Solution: Solution: 3 applications; h = 399 ÷ 3 = 133
quarter. of simple interest paid on an P = $12 000, r = 0.07, n = 6
399 m
133 133 133
147 m
Although r is expressed as a decimal it
investment of $12 000 for 6 years I = Prn Area ≈
(101 + 147) + (147 + 145) + (145 + 78)
0.06 at 7% p.a. simple interest. = $12 000 × 0.07 × 6 2 2 2
can be left in a form such as r = .
4
= $5040 = 50 739.5 m2
101 m
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 100–102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 97 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–85
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 73–76 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 76–77 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 78–81
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–82 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 85–86 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 97–98
MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 98–99 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 103–104
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS
Building plans 38 Solving problems with ratios 36 Electricity costs 34
Floor plans for buildings show the layout of rooms
ÎÎ Ratios can be expressed as fractions and problems solved using
ÎÎ A watt hour (Wh or W-h) is a measurement of energy used. Most
ÎÎ
and measurements. All measurements are in Pty
F properties of fractions. often used to measure electricity, it is the energy used by an appliance
millimetres. When dividing in a given ratio, an amount is divided by the total
ÎÎ drawing one watt for one hour.
Common symbols and abbreviations need to be
ÎÎ number of parts in the ratio and then the required share of the amount A more common measurement is the kilowatt-hour (kWh or kW-h)
ÎÎ
3400
understood. Kitchen
is found for each component of the ratio. For example, if $80 is divided which is 1000 watt-hours. 1 kWh = 1000 Wh
An elevation view shows how the building will look.
ÎÎ in the ratio 3 : 5 each part is $80 ÷ (3 + 5) = $10. So the first share is Amounts of some types of energy are given in joules or megajoules,
ÎÎ
Elevations might be numbered or named for the 3 × $10 = $30 and the second share is 5 × $10 = $50. but these units are rarely used to measure electricity.
direction in which they face.
A site plan shows the position of any buildings and
ÎÎ
2800
Example: The ratio of cars to trucks owned by a company is 8 to 3. Example: Find the cost, to the Solution: Electricity used
other features of the land. If there are 209 cars and trucks altogether, how many trucks are there? nearest dollar, of using a 120- = 0.12 kW × 6 h × 90
3 watt electric blanket for 6 hours = 64.8 kWh
Solution: Number of trucks = × 209
Example: The diagram shows the plan of a kitchen that is 11 a night for 90 nights if electricity Cost = 64.8 × $0.326
2.8 m by 3.4 m. The cooktop is found about halfway along the left side = 57 costs 32.6 c/kWh. = $21 (nearest dollar)
of the kitchen and the refrigerator is at the top right.
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 82–85 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 77–78 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 74–76
78 m
6% p.a. compounded quarterly, then interest is added to the amount time expressed as a decimal and n is the number of time periods. Example: Use three applications of the Trapezoidal rule
four times every year. The compounding period is 5 × 4 quarters or to estimate the area of this paddock.
145 m
20 quarters and the interest rate is (6 ÷ 4)% per quarter or 1.5% per EXAMPLE: Find the amount Solution: Solution: 3 applications; h = 399 ÷ 3 = 133
quarter. of simple interest paid on an P = $12 000, r = 0.07, n = 6
399 m
133 133 133
147 m
Although r is expressed as a decimal it
investment of $12 000 for 6 years I = Prn Area ≈
(101 + 147) + (147 + 145) + (145 + 78)
0.06 at 7% p.a. simple interest. = $12 000 × 0.07 × 6 2 2 2
can be left in a form such as r = .
4
= $5040 = 50 739.5 m2
101 m
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 100–102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 97 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–85
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 73–76 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 76–77 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 78–81
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–82 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 85–86 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 97–98
MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 98–99 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 103–104
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS
Building plans 38 Solving problems with ratios 36 Electricity costs 34
Floor plans for buildings show the layout of rooms
ÎÎ Ratios can be expressed as fractions and problems solved using
ÎÎ A watt hour (Wh or W-h) is a measurement of energy used. Most
ÎÎ
and measurements. All measurements are in Pty
F properties of fractions. often used to measure electricity, it is the energy used by an appliance
millimetres. When dividing in a given ratio, an amount is divided by the total
ÎÎ drawing one watt for one hour.
Common symbols and abbreviations need to be
ÎÎ number of parts in the ratio and then the required share of the amount A more common measurement is the kilowatt-hour (kWh or kW-h)
ÎÎ
3400
understood. Kitchen
is found for each component of the ratio. For example, if $80 is divided which is 1000 watt-hours. 1 kWh = 1000 Wh
An elevation view shows how the building will look.
ÎÎ in the ratio 3 : 5 each part is $80 ÷ (3 + 5) = $10. So the first share is Amounts of some types of energy are given in joules or megajoules,
ÎÎ
Elevations might be numbered or named for the 3 × $10 = $30 and the second share is 5 × $10 = $50. but these units are rarely used to measure electricity.
direction in which they face.
A site plan shows the position of any buildings and
ÎÎ
2800
Example: The ratio of cars to trucks owned by a company is 8 to 3. Example: Find the cost, to the Solution: Electricity used
other features of the land. If there are 209 cars and trucks altogether, how many trucks are there? nearest dollar, of using a 120- = 0.12 kW × 6 h × 90
3 watt electric blanket for 6 hours = 64.8 kWh
Solution: Number of trucks = × 209
Example: The diagram shows the plan of a kitchen that is 11 a night for 90 nights if electricity Cost = 64.8 × $0.326
2.8 m by 3.4 m. The cooktop is found about halfway along the left side = 57 costs 32.6 c/kWh. = $21 (nearest dollar)
of the kitchen and the refrigerator is at the top right.
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 82–85 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 77–78 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 74–76
78 m
6% p.a. compounded quarterly, then interest is added to the amount time expressed as a decimal and n is the number of time periods. Example: Use three applications of the Trapezoidal rule
four times every year. The compounding period is 5 × 4 quarters or to estimate the area of this paddock.
145 m
20 quarters and the interest rate is (6 ÷ 4)% per quarter or 1.5% per EXAMPLE: Find the amount Solution: Solution: 3 applications; h = 399 ÷ 3 = 133
quarter. of simple interest paid on an P = $12 000, r = 0.07, n = 6
399 m
133 133 133
147 m
Although r is expressed as a decimal it
investment of $12 000 for 6 years I = Prn Area ≈
(101 + 147) + (147 + 145) + (145 + 78)
0.06 at 7% p.a. simple interest. = $12 000 × 0.07 × 6 2 2 2
can be left in a form such as r = .
4
= $5040 = 50 739.5 m2
101 m
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 100–102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 97 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–85
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 73–76 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 76–77 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 78–81
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–82 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 85–86 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 97–98
MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 98–99 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 103–104
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS
Building plans 38 Solving problems with ratios 36 Electricity costs 34
Floor plans for buildings show the layout of rooms
ÎÎ Ratios can be expressed as fractions and problems solved using
ÎÎ A watt hour (Wh or W-h) is a measurement of energy used. Most
ÎÎ
and measurements. All measurements are in Pty
F properties of fractions. often used to measure electricity, it is the energy used by an appliance
millimetres. When dividing in a given ratio, an amount is divided by the total
ÎÎ drawing one watt for one hour.
Common symbols and abbreviations need to be
ÎÎ number of parts in the ratio and then the required share of the amount A more common measurement is the kilowatt-hour (kWh or kW-h)
ÎÎ
3400
understood. Kitchen
is found for each component of the ratio. For example, if $80 is divided which is 1000 watt-hours. 1 kWh = 1000 Wh
An elevation view shows how the building will look.
ÎÎ in the ratio 3 : 5 each part is $80 ÷ (3 + 5) = $10. So the first share is Amounts of some types of energy are given in joules or megajoules,
ÎÎ
Elevations might be numbered or named for the 3 × $10 = $30 and the second share is 5 × $10 = $50. but these units are rarely used to measure electricity.
direction in which they face.
A site plan shows the position of any buildings and
ÎÎ
2800
Example: The ratio of cars to trucks owned by a company is 8 to 3. Example: Find the cost, to the Solution: Electricity used
other features of the land. If there are 209 cars and trucks altogether, how many trucks are there? nearest dollar, of using a 120- = 0.12 kW × 6 h × 90
3 watt electric blanket for 6 hours = 64.8 kWh
Solution: Number of trucks = × 209
Example: The diagram shows the plan of a kitchen that is 11 a night for 90 nights if electricity Cost = 64.8 × $0.326
2.8 m by 3.4 m. The cooktop is found about halfway along the left side = 57 costs 32.6 c/kWh. = $21 (nearest dollar)
of the kitchen and the refrigerator is at the top right.
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 82–85 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 77–78 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 74–76
78 m
6% p.a. compounded quarterly, then interest is added to the amount time expressed as a decimal and n is the number of time periods. Example: Use three applications of the Trapezoidal rule
four times every year. The compounding period is 5 × 4 quarters or to estimate the area of this paddock.
145 m
20 quarters and the interest rate is (6 ÷ 4)% per quarter or 1.5% per EXAMPLE: Find the amount Solution: Solution: 3 applications; h = 399 ÷ 3 = 133
quarter. of simple interest paid on an P = $12 000, r = 0.07, n = 6
399 m
133 133 133
147 m
Although r is expressed as a decimal it
investment of $12 000 for 6 years I = Prn Area ≈
(101 + 147) + (147 + 145) + (145 + 78)
0.06 at 7% p.a. simple interest. = $12 000 × 0.07 × 6 2 2 2
can be left in a form such as r = .
4
= $5040 = 50 739.5 m2
101 m
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 100–102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 97 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–85
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 73–76 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 76–77 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 78–81
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–82 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 85–86 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 97–98
MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 98–99 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 103–104
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS R ATES AND R ATIOS
Building plans 38 Solving problems with ratios 36 Electricity costs 34
Floor plans for buildings show the layout of rooms
ÎÎ Ratios can be expressed as fractions and problems solved using
ÎÎ A watt hour (Wh or W-h) is a measurement of energy used. Most
ÎÎ
and measurements. All measurements are in Pty
F properties of fractions. often used to measure electricity, it is the energy used by an appliance
millimetres. When dividing in a given ratio, an amount is divided by the total
ÎÎ drawing one watt for one hour.
Common symbols and abbreviations need to be
ÎÎ number of parts in the ratio and then the required share of the amount A more common measurement is the kilowatt-hour (kWh or kW-h)
ÎÎ
3400
understood. Kitchen
is found for each component of the ratio. For example, if $80 is divided which is 1000 watt-hours. 1 kWh = 1000 Wh
An elevation view shows how the building will look.
ÎÎ in the ratio 3 : 5 each part is $80 ÷ (3 + 5) = $10. So the first share is Amounts of some types of energy are given in joules or megajoules,
ÎÎ
Elevations might be numbered or named for the 3 × $10 = $30 and the second share is 5 × $10 = $50. but these units are rarely used to measure electricity.
direction in which they face.
A site plan shows the position of any buildings and
ÎÎ
2800
Example: The ratio of cars to trucks owned by a company is 8 to 3. Example: Find the cost, to the Solution: Electricity used
other features of the land. If there are 209 cars and trucks altogether, how many trucks are there? nearest dollar, of using a 120- = 0.12 kW × 6 h × 90
3 watt electric blanket for 6 hours = 64.8 kWh
Solution: Number of trucks = × 209
Example: The diagram shows the plan of a kitchen that is 11 a night for 90 nights if electricity Cost = 64.8 × $0.326
2.8 m by 3.4 m. The cooktop is found about halfway along the left side = 57 costs 32.6 c/kWh. = $21 (nearest dollar)
of the kitchen and the refrigerator is at the top right.
TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 82–85 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 77–78 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 74–76
78 m
6% p.a. compounded quarterly, then interest is added to the amount time expressed as a decimal and n is the number of time periods. Example: Use three applications of the Trapezoidal rule
four times every year. The compounding period is 5 × 4 quarters or to estimate the area of this paddock.
145 m
20 quarters and the interest rate is (6 ÷ 4)% per quarter or 1.5% per EXAMPLE: Find the amount Solution: Solution: 3 applications; h = 399 ÷ 3 = 133
quarter. of simple interest paid on an P = $12 000, r = 0.07, n = 6
399 m
133 133 133
147 m
Although r is expressed as a decimal it
investment of $12 000 for 6 years I = Prn Area ≈
(101 + 147) + (147 + 145) + (145 + 78)
0.06 at 7% p.a. simple interest. = $12 000 × 0.07 × 6 2 2 2
can be left in a form such as r = .
4
= $5040 = 50 739.5 m2
101 m
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 100–102 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 97 TOPIC 2: MEASUREMENT See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 81–85
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 107–108 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 115–118 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 132–133
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
by the given factor. required present value. 36 30.108 21.832 14.621 10.612 8.1924
24 26.973 30.422 39.083 50.816 66.765
Example: The future value of Solution:
example: Suppose $2000 is to be invested every 6 months for an annuity of $250 a month for $13200
Example: Find the amount that would need to be invested every PV =
9 years at 6% p.a. interest compounded half-yearly. The required factor 4 years earning 0.4% per month (1+0.004)
48
month for 2 years into an account earning 12% p.a. compounded
from the table is found in the 3% column and the period is 18 so the compound interest is $13 200. = $10 898 (nearest dollar)
monthly to produce $40 000.
factor is 13.754. The amount that could be invested now to give the What is the present value?
Solution: 12% p.a. = 1% per month, 2 years = 24 months; Required factor
= 26.973; Contribution = $40 000 ÷ 26.973 = $1482.96 (nearest cent) same result is $2000 × 13.754 or $27 508.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 134–136 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 137–138 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 139–140
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
138.97. at certain ages. The 6-year-old car is valued at $10 000 and the age of shows strong negative correlation, the
Solution: Repayment = $250 000 ÷ 138.97 = $1798.95 (nearest cent) the car that is valued at $25 000 is 4 years. bottome right diagram shows very weak
Interest paid = 25 × 12 × $1798.95 – $250 000 = $289 685 negative correlation. X X
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 141–142 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 156–158 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 159–161
MATH EMATICS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
ANNUITIES INVESTMENTS AND LOANS INVESTMENTS AND LOANS
Tables of future value factors 56 Calculations with credit cards 54 Reducing-balance loans 52
There are tables that can be
ÎÎ
Future values of an annuity of $1
A cash advance is an amount of money borrowed as cash using a credit
ÎÎ In a reducing-balance loan the rate of interest charged remains
ÎÎ
used to help us find the future Period Interest rate card. the same, but interest is only paid on the amount owing at a particular
value of an annuity or the 1% 2% 4% 6% 8% Interest calculated on credit cards will be compound interest and is
ÎÎ time. Because the amount owing decreases as amounts are paid off the
contribution required to 4 4.0604 4.1216 4.2465 4.3746 4.5061 usually charged daily. loan, the amount of interest also decreases over time.
produce a particular future 8 8.2857 8.5830 9.2142 9.8975 10.637
Because different amounts are added to the account at different
ÎÎ Financial institutions publish tables that give the repayments required
ÎÎ
value. 12 12.683 13.412 15.026 16.870 18.977
times, calculations must be made separately for each. to repay reducing-balance loans.
The required factor is
ÎÎ 16 17.258 18.639 21.825 25.673 30.324
Tables of loan repayments can be drawn up to show the amount
ÎÎ
20 22.019 24.297 29.778 36.786 45.762
found in the table using the Example: Gisele has a credit card that has no interest-free period owing at particular time periods. The principal is the amount owing at
appropriate interest rate and time period. and a compound interest rate of 0.0495% charged daily from (and the beginning of the time period and the interest is calculated on that
To find the future value multiply the factor by the contribution.
ÎÎ including) the date of purchase until (and including) the date of principal. The interest is added to the principal and then the repayment
repayment. She uses her credit card to buy jewellery costing $2375 subtracted to give the amount owing at the end of the period of time.
example: If $600 is invested every quarter for 5 years into an on 18 March. If she pays the credit card bill on 6 April the total she The amount owing at the end of one period is the principal at the
account earning 8% p.a. interest compounded quarterly then the would need to repay will be $2375(1 + 0.000 495)20 or $2398.62 to the beginning of the next period.
future value is $600 × 24.297 or $14 578.20. nearest cent.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 133–134 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 118–120 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 108–111
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 136–137 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 138–139 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 140–141
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 107–108 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 115–118 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 132–133
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
by the given factor. required present value. 36 30.108 21.832 14.621 10.612 8.1924
24 26.973 30.422 39.083 50.816 66.765
Example: The future value of Solution:
example: Suppose $2000 is to be invested every 6 months for an annuity of $250 a month for $13200
Example: Find the amount that would need to be invested every PV =
9 years at 6% p.a. interest compounded half-yearly. The required factor 4 years earning 0.4% per month (1+0.004)
48
month for 2 years into an account earning 12% p.a. compounded
from the table is found in the 3% column and the period is 18 so the compound interest is $13 200. = $10 898 (nearest dollar)
monthly to produce $40 000.
factor is 13.754. The amount that could be invested now to give the What is the present value?
Solution: 12% p.a. = 1% per month, 2 years = 24 months; Required factor
= 26.973; Contribution = $40 000 ÷ 26.973 = $1482.96 (nearest cent) same result is $2000 × 13.754 or $27 508.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 134–136 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 137–138 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 139–140
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
138.97. at certain ages. The 6-year-old car is valued at $10 000 and the age of shows strong negative correlation, the
Solution: Repayment = $250 000 ÷ 138.97 = $1798.95 (nearest cent) the car that is valued at $25 000 is 4 years. bottome right diagram shows very weak
Interest paid = 25 × 12 × $1798.95 – $250 000 = $289 685 negative correlation. X X
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 141–142 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 156–158 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 159–161
MATH EMATICS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
ANNUITIES INVESTMENTS AND LOANS INVESTMENTS AND LOANS
Tables of future value factors 56 Calculations with credit cards 54 Reducing-balance loans 52
There are tables that can be
ÎÎ
Future values of an annuity of $1
A cash advance is an amount of money borrowed as cash using a credit
ÎÎ In a reducing-balance loan the rate of interest charged remains
ÎÎ
used to help us find the future Period Interest rate card. the same, but interest is only paid on the amount owing at a particular
value of an annuity or the 1% 2% 4% 6% 8% Interest calculated on credit cards will be compound interest and is
ÎÎ time. Because the amount owing decreases as amounts are paid off the
contribution required to 4 4.0604 4.1216 4.2465 4.3746 4.5061 usually charged daily. loan, the amount of interest also decreases over time.
produce a particular future 8 8.2857 8.5830 9.2142 9.8975 10.637
Because different amounts are added to the account at different
ÎÎ Financial institutions publish tables that give the repayments required
ÎÎ
value. 12 12.683 13.412 15.026 16.870 18.977
times, calculations must be made separately for each. to repay reducing-balance loans.
The required factor is
ÎÎ 16 17.258 18.639 21.825 25.673 30.324
Tables of loan repayments can be drawn up to show the amount
ÎÎ
20 22.019 24.297 29.778 36.786 45.762
found in the table using the Example: Gisele has a credit card that has no interest-free period owing at particular time periods. The principal is the amount owing at
appropriate interest rate and time period. and a compound interest rate of 0.0495% charged daily from (and the beginning of the time period and the interest is calculated on that
To find the future value multiply the factor by the contribution.
ÎÎ including) the date of purchase until (and including) the date of principal. The interest is added to the principal and then the repayment
repayment. She uses her credit card to buy jewellery costing $2375 subtracted to give the amount owing at the end of the period of time.
example: If $600 is invested every quarter for 5 years into an on 18 March. If she pays the credit card bill on 6 April the total she The amount owing at the end of one period is the principal at the
account earning 8% p.a. interest compounded quarterly then the would need to repay will be $2375(1 + 0.000 495)20 or $2398.62 to the beginning of the next period.
future value is $600 × 24.297 or $14 578.20. nearest cent.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 133–134 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 118–120 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 108–111
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 136–137 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 138–139 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 140–141
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 107–108 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 115–118 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 132–133
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
by the given factor. required present value. 36 30.108 21.832 14.621 10.612 8.1924
24 26.973 30.422 39.083 50.816 66.765
Example: The future value of Solution:
example: Suppose $2000 is to be invested every 6 months for an annuity of $250 a month for $13200
Example: Find the amount that would need to be invested every PV =
9 years at 6% p.a. interest compounded half-yearly. The required factor 4 years earning 0.4% per month (1+0.004)
48
month for 2 years into an account earning 12% p.a. compounded
from the table is found in the 3% column and the period is 18 so the compound interest is $13 200. = $10 898 (nearest dollar)
monthly to produce $40 000.
factor is 13.754. The amount that could be invested now to give the What is the present value?
Solution: 12% p.a. = 1% per month, 2 years = 24 months; Required factor
= 26.973; Contribution = $40 000 ÷ 26.973 = $1482.96 (nearest cent) same result is $2000 × 13.754 or $27 508.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 134–136 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 137–138 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 139–140
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
138.97. at certain ages. The 6-year-old car is valued at $10 000 and the age of shows strong negative correlation, the
Solution: Repayment = $250 000 ÷ 138.97 = $1798.95 (nearest cent) the car that is valued at $25 000 is 4 years. bottome right diagram shows very weak
Interest paid = 25 × 12 × $1798.95 – $250 000 = $289 685 negative correlation. X X
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 141–142 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 156–158 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 159–161
MATH EMATICS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
ANNUITIES INVESTMENTS AND LOANS INVESTMENTS AND LOANS
Tables of future value factors 56 Calculations with credit cards 54 Reducing-balance loans 52
There are tables that can be
ÎÎ
Future values of an annuity of $1
A cash advance is an amount of money borrowed as cash using a credit
ÎÎ In a reducing-balance loan the rate of interest charged remains
ÎÎ
used to help us find the future Period Interest rate card. the same, but interest is only paid on the amount owing at a particular
value of an annuity or the 1% 2% 4% 6% 8% Interest calculated on credit cards will be compound interest and is
ÎÎ time. Because the amount owing decreases as amounts are paid off the
contribution required to 4 4.0604 4.1216 4.2465 4.3746 4.5061 usually charged daily. loan, the amount of interest also decreases over time.
produce a particular future 8 8.2857 8.5830 9.2142 9.8975 10.637
Because different amounts are added to the account at different
ÎÎ Financial institutions publish tables that give the repayments required
ÎÎ
value. 12 12.683 13.412 15.026 16.870 18.977
times, calculations must be made separately for each. to repay reducing-balance loans.
The required factor is
ÎÎ 16 17.258 18.639 21.825 25.673 30.324
Tables of loan repayments can be drawn up to show the amount
ÎÎ
20 22.019 24.297 29.778 36.786 45.762
found in the table using the Example: Gisele has a credit card that has no interest-free period owing at particular time periods. The principal is the amount owing at
appropriate interest rate and time period. and a compound interest rate of 0.0495% charged daily from (and the beginning of the time period and the interest is calculated on that
To find the future value multiply the factor by the contribution.
ÎÎ including) the date of purchase until (and including) the date of principal. The interest is added to the principal and then the repayment
repayment. She uses her credit card to buy jewellery costing $2375 subtracted to give the amount owing at the end of the period of time.
example: If $600 is invested every quarter for 5 years into an on 18 March. If she pays the credit card bill on 6 April the total she The amount owing at the end of one period is the principal at the
account earning 8% p.a. interest compounded quarterly then the would need to repay will be $2375(1 + 0.000 495)20 or $2398.62 to the beginning of the next period.
future value is $600 × 24.297 or $14 578.20. nearest cent.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 133–134 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 118–120 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 108–111
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 136–137 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 138–139 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 140–141
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 107–108 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 115–118 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 132–133
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
by the given factor. required present value. 36 30.108 21.832 14.621 10.612 8.1924
24 26.973 30.422 39.083 50.816 66.765
Example: The future value of Solution:
example: Suppose $2000 is to be invested every 6 months for an annuity of $250 a month for $13200
Example: Find the amount that would need to be invested every PV =
9 years at 6% p.a. interest compounded half-yearly. The required factor 4 years earning 0.4% per month (1+0.004)
48
month for 2 years into an account earning 12% p.a. compounded
from the table is found in the 3% column and the period is 18 so the compound interest is $13 200. = $10 898 (nearest dollar)
monthly to produce $40 000.
factor is 13.754. The amount that could be invested now to give the What is the present value?
Solution: 12% p.a. = 1% per month, 2 years = 24 months; Required factor
= 26.973; Contribution = $40 000 ÷ 26.973 = $1482.96 (nearest cent) same result is $2000 × 13.754 or $27 508.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 134–136 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 137–138 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 139–140
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
138.97. at certain ages. The 6-year-old car is valued at $10 000 and the age of shows strong negative correlation, the
Solution: Repayment = $250 000 ÷ 138.97 = $1798.95 (nearest cent) the car that is valued at $25 000 is 4 years. bottome right diagram shows very weak
Interest paid = 25 × 12 × $1798.95 – $250 000 = $289 685 negative correlation. X X
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 141–142 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 156–158 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 159–161
MATH EMATICS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
ANNUITIES INVESTMENTS AND LOANS INVESTMENTS AND LOANS
Tables of future value factors 56 Calculations with credit cards 54 Reducing-balance loans 52
There are tables that can be
ÎÎ
Future values of an annuity of $1
A cash advance is an amount of money borrowed as cash using a credit
ÎÎ In a reducing-balance loan the rate of interest charged remains
ÎÎ
used to help us find the future Period Interest rate card. the same, but interest is only paid on the amount owing at a particular
value of an annuity or the 1% 2% 4% 6% 8% Interest calculated on credit cards will be compound interest and is
ÎÎ time. Because the amount owing decreases as amounts are paid off the
contribution required to 4 4.0604 4.1216 4.2465 4.3746 4.5061 usually charged daily. loan, the amount of interest also decreases over time.
produce a particular future 8 8.2857 8.5830 9.2142 9.8975 10.637
Because different amounts are added to the account at different
ÎÎ Financial institutions publish tables that give the repayments required
ÎÎ
value. 12 12.683 13.412 15.026 16.870 18.977
times, calculations must be made separately for each. to repay reducing-balance loans.
The required factor is
ÎÎ 16 17.258 18.639 21.825 25.673 30.324
Tables of loan repayments can be drawn up to show the amount
ÎÎ
20 22.019 24.297 29.778 36.786 45.762
found in the table using the Example: Gisele has a credit card that has no interest-free period owing at particular time periods. The principal is the amount owing at
appropriate interest rate and time period. and a compound interest rate of 0.0495% charged daily from (and the beginning of the time period and the interest is calculated on that
To find the future value multiply the factor by the contribution.
ÎÎ including) the date of purchase until (and including) the date of principal. The interest is added to the principal and then the repayment
repayment. She uses her credit card to buy jewellery costing $2375 subtracted to give the amount owing at the end of the period of time.
example: If $600 is invested every quarter for 5 years into an on 18 March. If she pays the credit card bill on 6 April the total she The amount owing at the end of one period is the principal at the
account earning 8% p.a. interest compounded quarterly then the would need to repay will be $2375(1 + 0.000 495)20 or $2398.62 to the beginning of the next period.
future value is $600 × 24.297 or $14 578.20. nearest cent.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 133–134 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 118–120 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 108–111
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 136–137 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 138–139 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 140–141
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 107–108 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 115–118 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 132–133
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
by the given factor. required present value. 36 30.108 21.832 14.621 10.612 8.1924
24 26.973 30.422 39.083 50.816 66.765
Example: The future value of Solution:
example: Suppose $2000 is to be invested every 6 months for an annuity of $250 a month for $13200
Example: Find the amount that would need to be invested every PV =
9 years at 6% p.a. interest compounded half-yearly. The required factor 4 years earning 0.4% per month (1+0.004)
48
month for 2 years into an account earning 12% p.a. compounded
from the table is found in the 3% column and the period is 18 so the compound interest is $13 200. = $10 898 (nearest dollar)
monthly to produce $40 000.
factor is 13.754. The amount that could be invested now to give the What is the present value?
Solution: 12% p.a. = 1% per month, 2 years = 24 months; Required factor
= 26.973; Contribution = $40 000 ÷ 26.973 = $1482.96 (nearest cent) same result is $2000 × 13.754 or $27 508.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 134–136 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 137–138 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 139–140
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
138.97. at certain ages. The 6-year-old car is valued at $10 000 and the age of shows strong negative correlation, the
Solution: Repayment = $250 000 ÷ 138.97 = $1798.95 (nearest cent) the car that is valued at $25 000 is 4 years. bottome right diagram shows very weak
Interest paid = 25 × 12 × $1798.95 – $250 000 = $289 685 negative correlation. X X
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 141–142 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 156–158 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 159–161
MATH EMATICS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
ANNUITIES INVESTMENTS AND LOANS INVESTMENTS AND LOANS
Tables of future value factors 56 Calculations with credit cards 54 Reducing-balance loans 52
There are tables that can be
ÎÎ
Future values of an annuity of $1
A cash advance is an amount of money borrowed as cash using a credit
ÎÎ In a reducing-balance loan the rate of interest charged remains
ÎÎ
used to help us find the future Period Interest rate card. the same, but interest is only paid on the amount owing at a particular
value of an annuity or the 1% 2% 4% 6% 8% Interest calculated on credit cards will be compound interest and is
ÎÎ time. Because the amount owing decreases as amounts are paid off the
contribution required to 4 4.0604 4.1216 4.2465 4.3746 4.5061 usually charged daily. loan, the amount of interest also decreases over time.
produce a particular future 8 8.2857 8.5830 9.2142 9.8975 10.637
Because different amounts are added to the account at different
ÎÎ Financial institutions publish tables that give the repayments required
ÎÎ
value. 12 12.683 13.412 15.026 16.870 18.977
times, calculations must be made separately for each. to repay reducing-balance loans.
The required factor is
ÎÎ 16 17.258 18.639 21.825 25.673 30.324
Tables of loan repayments can be drawn up to show the amount
ÎÎ
20 22.019 24.297 29.778 36.786 45.762
found in the table using the Example: Gisele has a credit card that has no interest-free period owing at particular time periods. The principal is the amount owing at
appropriate interest rate and time period. and a compound interest rate of 0.0495% charged daily from (and the beginning of the time period and the interest is calculated on that
To find the future value multiply the factor by the contribution.
ÎÎ including) the date of purchase until (and including) the date of principal. The interest is added to the principal and then the repayment
repayment. She uses her credit card to buy jewellery costing $2375 subtracted to give the amount owing at the end of the period of time.
example: If $600 is invested every quarter for 5 years into an on 18 March. If she pays the credit card bill on 6 April the total she The amount owing at the end of one period is the principal at the
account earning 8% p.a. interest compounded quarterly then the would need to repay will be $2375(1 + 0.000 495)20 or $2398.62 to the beginning of the next period.
future value is $600 × 24.297 or $14 578.20. nearest cent.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 133–134 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 118–120 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 108–111
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 136–137 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 138–139 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 140–141
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 107–108 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 115–118 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 132–133
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
by the given factor. required present value. 36 30.108 21.832 14.621 10.612 8.1924
24 26.973 30.422 39.083 50.816 66.765
Example: The future value of Solution:
example: Suppose $2000 is to be invested every 6 months for an annuity of $250 a month for $13200
Example: Find the amount that would need to be invested every PV =
9 years at 6% p.a. interest compounded half-yearly. The required factor 4 years earning 0.4% per month (1+0.004)
48
month for 2 years into an account earning 12% p.a. compounded
from the table is found in the 3% column and the period is 18 so the compound interest is $13 200. = $10 898 (nearest dollar)
monthly to produce $40 000.
factor is 13.754. The amount that could be invested now to give the What is the present value?
Solution: 12% p.a. = 1% per month, 2 years = 24 months; Required factor
= 26.973; Contribution = $40 000 ÷ 26.973 = $1482.96 (nearest cent) same result is $2000 × 13.754 or $27 508.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 134–136 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 137–138 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 139–140
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
138.97. at certain ages. The 6-year-old car is valued at $10 000 and the age of shows strong negative correlation, the
Solution: Repayment = $250 000 ÷ 138.97 = $1798.95 (nearest cent) the car that is valued at $25 000 is 4 years. bottome right diagram shows very weak
Interest paid = 25 × 12 × $1798.95 – $250 000 = $289 685 negative correlation. X X
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 141–142 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 156–158 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 159–161
MATH EMATICS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
ANNUITIES INVESTMENTS AND LOANS INVESTMENTS AND LOANS
Tables of future value factors 56 Calculations with credit cards 54 Reducing-balance loans 52
There are tables that can be
ÎÎ
Future values of an annuity of $1
A cash advance is an amount of money borrowed as cash using a credit
ÎÎ In a reducing-balance loan the rate of interest charged remains
ÎÎ
used to help us find the future Period Interest rate card. the same, but interest is only paid on the amount owing at a particular
value of an annuity or the 1% 2% 4% 6% 8% Interest calculated on credit cards will be compound interest and is
ÎÎ time. Because the amount owing decreases as amounts are paid off the
contribution required to 4 4.0604 4.1216 4.2465 4.3746 4.5061 usually charged daily. loan, the amount of interest also decreases over time.
produce a particular future 8 8.2857 8.5830 9.2142 9.8975 10.637
Because different amounts are added to the account at different
ÎÎ Financial institutions publish tables that give the repayments required
ÎÎ
value. 12 12.683 13.412 15.026 16.870 18.977
times, calculations must be made separately for each. to repay reducing-balance loans.
The required factor is
ÎÎ 16 17.258 18.639 21.825 25.673 30.324
Tables of loan repayments can be drawn up to show the amount
ÎÎ
20 22.019 24.297 29.778 36.786 45.762
found in the table using the Example: Gisele has a credit card that has no interest-free period owing at particular time periods. The principal is the amount owing at
appropriate interest rate and time period. and a compound interest rate of 0.0495% charged daily from (and the beginning of the time period and the interest is calculated on that
To find the future value multiply the factor by the contribution.
ÎÎ including) the date of purchase until (and including) the date of principal. The interest is added to the principal and then the repayment
repayment. She uses her credit card to buy jewellery costing $2375 subtracted to give the amount owing at the end of the period of time.
example: If $600 is invested every quarter for 5 years into an on 18 March. If she pays the credit card bill on 6 April the total she The amount owing at the end of one period is the principal at the
account earning 8% p.a. interest compounded quarterly then the would need to repay will be $2375(1 + 0.000 495)20 or $2398.62 to the beginning of the next period.
future value is $600 × 24.297 or $14 578.20. nearest cent.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 133–134 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 118–120 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 108–111
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 136–137 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 138–139 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 140–141
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 107–108 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 115–118 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 132–133
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
by the given factor. required present value. 36 30.108 21.832 14.621 10.612 8.1924
24 26.973 30.422 39.083 50.816 66.765
Example: The future value of Solution:
example: Suppose $2000 is to be invested every 6 months for an annuity of $250 a month for $13200
Example: Find the amount that would need to be invested every PV =
9 years at 6% p.a. interest compounded half-yearly. The required factor 4 years earning 0.4% per month (1+0.004)
48
month for 2 years into an account earning 12% p.a. compounded
from the table is found in the 3% column and the period is 18 so the compound interest is $13 200. = $10 898 (nearest dollar)
monthly to produce $40 000.
factor is 13.754. The amount that could be invested now to give the What is the present value?
Solution: 12% p.a. = 1% per month, 2 years = 24 months; Required factor
= 26.973; Contribution = $40 000 ÷ 26.973 = $1482.96 (nearest cent) same result is $2000 × 13.754 or $27 508.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 134–136 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 137–138 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 139–140
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
138.97. at certain ages. The 6-year-old car is valued at $10 000 and the age of shows strong negative correlation, the
Solution: Repayment = $250 000 ÷ 138.97 = $1798.95 (nearest cent) the car that is valued at $25 000 is 4 years. bottome right diagram shows very weak
Interest paid = 25 × 12 × $1798.95 – $250 000 = $289 685 negative correlation. X X
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 141–142 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 156–158 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 159–161
MATH EMATICS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
ANNUITIES INVESTMENTS AND LOANS INVESTMENTS AND LOANS
Tables of future value factors 56 Calculations with credit cards 54 Reducing-balance loans 52
There are tables that can be
ÎÎ
Future values of an annuity of $1
A cash advance is an amount of money borrowed as cash using a credit
ÎÎ In a reducing-balance loan the rate of interest charged remains
ÎÎ
used to help us find the future Period Interest rate card. the same, but interest is only paid on the amount owing at a particular
value of an annuity or the 1% 2% 4% 6% 8% Interest calculated on credit cards will be compound interest and is
ÎÎ time. Because the amount owing decreases as amounts are paid off the
contribution required to 4 4.0604 4.1216 4.2465 4.3746 4.5061 usually charged daily. loan, the amount of interest also decreases over time.
produce a particular future 8 8.2857 8.5830 9.2142 9.8975 10.637
Because different amounts are added to the account at different
ÎÎ Financial institutions publish tables that give the repayments required
ÎÎ
value. 12 12.683 13.412 15.026 16.870 18.977
times, calculations must be made separately for each. to repay reducing-balance loans.
The required factor is
ÎÎ 16 17.258 18.639 21.825 25.673 30.324
Tables of loan repayments can be drawn up to show the amount
ÎÎ
20 22.019 24.297 29.778 36.786 45.762
found in the table using the Example: Gisele has a credit card that has no interest-free period owing at particular time periods. The principal is the amount owing at
appropriate interest rate and time period. and a compound interest rate of 0.0495% charged daily from (and the beginning of the time period and the interest is calculated on that
To find the future value multiply the factor by the contribution.
ÎÎ including) the date of purchase until (and including) the date of principal. The interest is added to the principal and then the repayment
repayment. She uses her credit card to buy jewellery costing $2375 subtracted to give the amount owing at the end of the period of time.
example: If $600 is invested every quarter for 5 years into an on 18 March. If she pays the credit card bill on 6 April the total she The amount owing at the end of one period is the principal at the
account earning 8% p.a. interest compounded quarterly then the would need to repay will be $2375(1 + 0.000 495)20 or $2398.62 to the beginning of the next period.
future value is $600 × 24.297 or $14 578.20. nearest cent.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 133–134 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 118–120 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 108–111
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 136–137 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 138–139 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 140–141
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 107–108 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 115–118 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 132–133
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
by the given factor. required present value. 36 30.108 21.832 14.621 10.612 8.1924
24 26.973 30.422 39.083 50.816 66.765
Example: The future value of Solution:
example: Suppose $2000 is to be invested every 6 months for an annuity of $250 a month for $13200
Example: Find the amount that would need to be invested every PV =
9 years at 6% p.a. interest compounded half-yearly. The required factor 4 years earning 0.4% per month (1+0.004)
48
month for 2 years into an account earning 12% p.a. compounded
from the table is found in the 3% column and the period is 18 so the compound interest is $13 200. = $10 898 (nearest dollar)
monthly to produce $40 000.
factor is 13.754. The amount that could be invested now to give the What is the present value?
Solution: 12% p.a. = 1% per month, 2 years = 24 months; Required factor
= 26.973; Contribution = $40 000 ÷ 26.973 = $1482.96 (nearest cent) same result is $2000 × 13.754 or $27 508.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 134–136 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 137–138 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 139–140
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
138.97. at certain ages. The 6-year-old car is valued at $10 000 and the age of shows strong negative correlation, the
Solution: Repayment = $250 000 ÷ 138.97 = $1798.95 (nearest cent) the car that is valued at $25 000 is 4 years. bottome right diagram shows very weak
Interest paid = 25 × 12 × $1798.95 – $250 000 = $289 685 negative correlation. X X
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 141–142 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 156–158 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 159–161
MATH EMATICS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
ANNUITIES INVESTMENTS AND LOANS INVESTMENTS AND LOANS
Tables of future value factors 56 Calculations with credit cards 54 Reducing-balance loans 52
There are tables that can be
ÎÎ
Future values of an annuity of $1
A cash advance is an amount of money borrowed as cash using a credit
ÎÎ In a reducing-balance loan the rate of interest charged remains
ÎÎ
used to help us find the future Period Interest rate card. the same, but interest is only paid on the amount owing at a particular
value of an annuity or the 1% 2% 4% 6% 8% Interest calculated on credit cards will be compound interest and is
ÎÎ time. Because the amount owing decreases as amounts are paid off the
contribution required to 4 4.0604 4.1216 4.2465 4.3746 4.5061 usually charged daily. loan, the amount of interest also decreases over time.
produce a particular future 8 8.2857 8.5830 9.2142 9.8975 10.637
Because different amounts are added to the account at different
ÎÎ Financial institutions publish tables that give the repayments required
ÎÎ
value. 12 12.683 13.412 15.026 16.870 18.977
times, calculations must be made separately for each. to repay reducing-balance loans.
The required factor is
ÎÎ 16 17.258 18.639 21.825 25.673 30.324
Tables of loan repayments can be drawn up to show the amount
ÎÎ
20 22.019 24.297 29.778 36.786 45.762
found in the table using the Example: Gisele has a credit card that has no interest-free period owing at particular time periods. The principal is the amount owing at
appropriate interest rate and time period. and a compound interest rate of 0.0495% charged daily from (and the beginning of the time period and the interest is calculated on that
To find the future value multiply the factor by the contribution.
ÎÎ including) the date of purchase until (and including) the date of principal. The interest is added to the principal and then the repayment
repayment. She uses her credit card to buy jewellery costing $2375 subtracted to give the amount owing at the end of the period of time.
example: If $600 is invested every quarter for 5 years into an on 18 March. If she pays the credit card bill on 6 April the total she The amount owing at the end of one period is the principal at the
account earning 8% p.a. interest compounded quarterly then the would need to repay will be $2375(1 + 0.000 495)20 or $2398.62 to the beginning of the next period.
future value is $600 × 24.297 or $14 578.20. nearest cent.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 133–134 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 118–120 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 108–111
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 136–137 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 138–139 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 140–141
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 107–108 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 115–118 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 132–133
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
by the given factor. required present value. 36 30.108 21.832 14.621 10.612 8.1924
24 26.973 30.422 39.083 50.816 66.765
Example: The future value of Solution:
example: Suppose $2000 is to be invested every 6 months for an annuity of $250 a month for $13200
Example: Find the amount that would need to be invested every PV =
9 years at 6% p.a. interest compounded half-yearly. The required factor 4 years earning 0.4% per month (1+0.004)
48
month for 2 years into an account earning 12% p.a. compounded
from the table is found in the 3% column and the period is 18 so the compound interest is $13 200. = $10 898 (nearest dollar)
monthly to produce $40 000.
factor is 13.754. The amount that could be invested now to give the What is the present value?
Solution: 12% p.a. = 1% per month, 2 years = 24 months; Required factor
= 26.973; Contribution = $40 000 ÷ 26.973 = $1482.96 (nearest cent) same result is $2000 × 13.754 or $27 508.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 134–136 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 137–138 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 139–140
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
138.97. at certain ages. The 6-year-old car is valued at $10 000 and the age of shows strong negative correlation, the
Solution: Repayment = $250 000 ÷ 138.97 = $1798.95 (nearest cent) the car that is valued at $25 000 is 4 years. bottome right diagram shows very weak
Interest paid = 25 × 12 × $1798.95 – $250 000 = $289 685 negative correlation. X X
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 141–142 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 156–158 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 159–161
MATH EMATICS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
ANNUITIES INVESTMENTS AND LOANS INVESTMENTS AND LOANS
Tables of future value factors 56 Calculations with credit cards 54 Reducing-balance loans 52
There are tables that can be
ÎÎ
Future values of an annuity of $1
A cash advance is an amount of money borrowed as cash using a credit
ÎÎ In a reducing-balance loan the rate of interest charged remains
ÎÎ
used to help us find the future Period Interest rate card. the same, but interest is only paid on the amount owing at a particular
value of an annuity or the 1% 2% 4% 6% 8% Interest calculated on credit cards will be compound interest and is
ÎÎ time. Because the amount owing decreases as amounts are paid off the
contribution required to 4 4.0604 4.1216 4.2465 4.3746 4.5061 usually charged daily. loan, the amount of interest also decreases over time.
produce a particular future 8 8.2857 8.5830 9.2142 9.8975 10.637
Because different amounts are added to the account at different
ÎÎ Financial institutions publish tables that give the repayments required
ÎÎ
value. 12 12.683 13.412 15.026 16.870 18.977
times, calculations must be made separately for each. to repay reducing-balance loans.
The required factor is
ÎÎ 16 17.258 18.639 21.825 25.673 30.324
Tables of loan repayments can be drawn up to show the amount
ÎÎ
20 22.019 24.297 29.778 36.786 45.762
found in the table using the Example: Gisele has a credit card that has no interest-free period owing at particular time periods. The principal is the amount owing at
appropriate interest rate and time period. and a compound interest rate of 0.0495% charged daily from (and the beginning of the time period and the interest is calculated on that
To find the future value multiply the factor by the contribution.
ÎÎ including) the date of purchase until (and including) the date of principal. The interest is added to the principal and then the repayment
repayment. She uses her credit card to buy jewellery costing $2375 subtracted to give the amount owing at the end of the period of time.
example: If $600 is invested every quarter for 5 years into an on 18 March. If she pays the credit card bill on 6 April the total she The amount owing at the end of one period is the principal at the
account earning 8% p.a. interest compounded quarterly then the would need to repay will be $2375(1 + 0.000 495)20 or $2398.62 to the beginning of the next period.
future value is $600 × 24.297 or $14 578.20. nearest cent.
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 133–134 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 118–120 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 108–111
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 136–137 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 138–139 TOPIC 3: FI NANCIAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 140–141
MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS MATH EMATICS
Score
6 6
set of data. 5 5
4
3
4
3
Download a FREE digital copy of these cards at
2
1
0
2
1
0
www.pascalpress.com.au/free
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Hours of study Hours of study
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 162–164 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
Frequency
Frequency
Solution: D (Only D is a bell-shaped curve.) = 1.2 These results are known as the empirical rule.
ÎÎ
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 178–179 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 180–181 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 183–185
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 199–200
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
Causality 74 Interpolation and extrapolation 72 Further lines of fit 70
If there is correlation between two variables, it does not mean that one
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit can be used to make predictions about
ÎÎ The least-squares regression line is a special line of fit. The sum of all
ÎÎ
causes the other. the data. This is done by substituting values into the equation. the squared distances from the line to the actual data points is
Interpolation is when predictions are made concerning values that lie
ÎÎ minimised which means that it is the closest possible line to the data
Example: As a result of a study there was found to be a high degree within the range of the original data. points. (You are not required to determine the least-squares regression
of correlation between expenditure on advertising by hardware stores Extrapolation is when predictions are made concerning values outside
ÎÎ line; just be aware that it exists.)
and the size of their annual profit. Having read the report on the study the range of the original data. Extreme care must be taken when The trendline
ÎÎ Athlete’s stride length
the owner of a hardware store decided to spend a lot of money on extrapolating because predictions made for values outside the data feature in a 250
240
advertising. Explain why this might be a bad idea. range may not be accurate or even sensible. spreadsheet 230
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 166–168 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 181–183 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 179–180
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 200–203 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 189–190 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
A line of best fit 69 The equation of a line of fit 71 Analysing associations 73
A line of best fit is a straight line that can be drawn to approximately
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit is of the form y = mx + c, where m is the
ÎÎ Any of the processes of statistical investigation can be applied to
ÎÎ
show where most points lie. gradient and c the vertical intercept. analyse bivariate data.
A line of fit can be drawn by eye. That means simply looking at the
ÎÎ The gradient and vertical intercept can be interpreted in terms of the
ÎÎ It is important to consider issues such as the reliability of the data;
ÎÎ
scatterplot and trying to draw the line so that it goes roughly through data. for example, consider how large the sample is and whether it is from a
the middle of the set of points. There is no exact answer for such a line reputable source.
of fit. Example: Suppose the equation w = 7m + 50 was found to be a line Look out for any signs of bias.
ÎÎ
of fit for a scatterplot showing the weight w, in kilograms, of certain Ethical considerations such as privacy and cultural sensitivity should
ÎÎ
example: Both young animals at m months of age. The vertical intercept, 50, would also be taken into account.
of these lines are lines 10
9
10
9 represent the age at 0 months or the birth weight. The gradient, 7,
of fit for the same
8 8
7 7 would represent the weight gained each month.
Score
Score
6 6
set of data. 5 5
4
3
4
3
Download a FREE digital copy of these cards at
2
1
0
2
1
0
www.pascalpress.com.au/free
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Hours of study Hours of study
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 162–164 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
Frequency
Frequency
Solution: D (Only D is a bell-shaped curve.) = 1.2 These results are known as the empirical rule.
ÎÎ
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 178–179 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 180–181 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 183–185
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 199–200
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
Causality 74 Interpolation and extrapolation 72 Further lines of fit 70
If there is correlation between two variables, it does not mean that one
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit can be used to make predictions about
ÎÎ The least-squares regression line is a special line of fit. The sum of all
ÎÎ
causes the other. the data. This is done by substituting values into the equation. the squared distances from the line to the actual data points is
Interpolation is when predictions are made concerning values that lie
ÎÎ minimised which means that it is the closest possible line to the data
Example: As a result of a study there was found to be a high degree within the range of the original data. points. (You are not required to determine the least-squares regression
of correlation between expenditure on advertising by hardware stores Extrapolation is when predictions are made concerning values outside
ÎÎ line; just be aware that it exists.)
and the size of their annual profit. Having read the report on the study the range of the original data. Extreme care must be taken when The trendline
ÎÎ Athlete’s stride length
the owner of a hardware store decided to spend a lot of money on extrapolating because predictions made for values outside the data feature in a 250
240
advertising. Explain why this might be a bad idea. range may not be accurate or even sensible. spreadsheet 230
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 166–168 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 181–183 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 179–180
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 200–203 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 189–190 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
A line of best fit 69 The equation of a line of fit 71 Analysing associations 73
A line of best fit is a straight line that can be drawn to approximately
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit is of the form y = mx + c, where m is the
ÎÎ Any of the processes of statistical investigation can be applied to
ÎÎ
show where most points lie. gradient and c the vertical intercept. analyse bivariate data.
A line of fit can be drawn by eye. That means simply looking at the
ÎÎ The gradient and vertical intercept can be interpreted in terms of the
ÎÎ It is important to consider issues such as the reliability of the data;
ÎÎ
scatterplot and trying to draw the line so that it goes roughly through data. for example, consider how large the sample is and whether it is from a
the middle of the set of points. There is no exact answer for such a line reputable source.
of fit. Example: Suppose the equation w = 7m + 50 was found to be a line Look out for any signs of bias.
ÎÎ
of fit for a scatterplot showing the weight w, in kilograms, of certain Ethical considerations such as privacy and cultural sensitivity should
ÎÎ
example: Both young animals at m months of age. The vertical intercept, 50, would also be taken into account.
of these lines are lines 10
9
10
9 represent the age at 0 months or the birth weight. The gradient, 7,
of fit for the same
8 8
7 7 would represent the weight gained each month.
Score
Score
6 6
set of data. 5 5
4
3
4
3
Download a FREE digital copy of these cards at
2
1
0
2
1
0
www.pascalpress.com.au/free
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Hours of study Hours of study
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 162–164 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
Frequency
Frequency
Solution: D (Only D is a bell-shaped curve.) = 1.2 These results are known as the empirical rule.
ÎÎ
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 178–179 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 180–181 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 183–185
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 199–200
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
Causality 74 Interpolation and extrapolation 72 Further lines of fit 70
If there is correlation between two variables, it does not mean that one
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit can be used to make predictions about
ÎÎ The least-squares regression line is a special line of fit. The sum of all
ÎÎ
causes the other. the data. This is done by substituting values into the equation. the squared distances from the line to the actual data points is
Interpolation is when predictions are made concerning values that lie
ÎÎ minimised which means that it is the closest possible line to the data
Example: As a result of a study there was found to be a high degree within the range of the original data. points. (You are not required to determine the least-squares regression
of correlation between expenditure on advertising by hardware stores Extrapolation is when predictions are made concerning values outside
ÎÎ line; just be aware that it exists.)
and the size of their annual profit. Having read the report on the study the range of the original data. Extreme care must be taken when The trendline
ÎÎ Athlete’s stride length
the owner of a hardware store decided to spend a lot of money on extrapolating because predictions made for values outside the data feature in a 250
240
advertising. Explain why this might be a bad idea. range may not be accurate or even sensible. spreadsheet 230
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 166–168 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 181–183 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 179–180
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 200–203 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 189–190 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
A line of best fit 69 The equation of a line of fit 71 Analysing associations 73
A line of best fit is a straight line that can be drawn to approximately
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit is of the form y = mx + c, where m is the
ÎÎ Any of the processes of statistical investigation can be applied to
ÎÎ
show where most points lie. gradient and c the vertical intercept. analyse bivariate data.
A line of fit can be drawn by eye. That means simply looking at the
ÎÎ The gradient and vertical intercept can be interpreted in terms of the
ÎÎ It is important to consider issues such as the reliability of the data;
ÎÎ
scatterplot and trying to draw the line so that it goes roughly through data. for example, consider how large the sample is and whether it is from a
the middle of the set of points. There is no exact answer for such a line reputable source.
of fit. Example: Suppose the equation w = 7m + 50 was found to be a line Look out for any signs of bias.
ÎÎ
of fit for a scatterplot showing the weight w, in kilograms, of certain Ethical considerations such as privacy and cultural sensitivity should
ÎÎ
example: Both young animals at m months of age. The vertical intercept, 50, would also be taken into account.
of these lines are lines 10
9
10
9 represent the age at 0 months or the birth weight. The gradient, 7,
of fit for the same
8 8
7 7 would represent the weight gained each month.
Score
Score
6 6
set of data. 5 5
4
3
4
3
Download a FREE digital copy of these cards at
2
1
0
2
1
0
www.pascalpress.com.au/free
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Hours of study Hours of study
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 162–164 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
Frequency
Frequency
Solution: D (Only D is a bell-shaped curve.) = 1.2 These results are known as the empirical rule.
ÎÎ
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 178–179 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 180–181 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 183–185
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 199–200
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
Causality 74 Interpolation and extrapolation 72 Further lines of fit 70
If there is correlation between two variables, it does not mean that one
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit can be used to make predictions about
ÎÎ The least-squares regression line is a special line of fit. The sum of all
ÎÎ
causes the other. the data. This is done by substituting values into the equation. the squared distances from the line to the actual data points is
Interpolation is when predictions are made concerning values that lie
ÎÎ minimised which means that it is the closest possible line to the data
Example: As a result of a study there was found to be a high degree within the range of the original data. points. (You are not required to determine the least-squares regression
of correlation between expenditure on advertising by hardware stores Extrapolation is when predictions are made concerning values outside
ÎÎ line; just be aware that it exists.)
and the size of their annual profit. Having read the report on the study the range of the original data. Extreme care must be taken when The trendline
ÎÎ Athlete’s stride length
the owner of a hardware store decided to spend a lot of money on extrapolating because predictions made for values outside the data feature in a 250
240
advertising. Explain why this might be a bad idea. range may not be accurate or even sensible. spreadsheet 230
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 166–168 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 181–183 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 179–180
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 200–203 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 189–190 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
A line of best fit 69 The equation of a line of fit 71 Analysing associations 73
A line of best fit is a straight line that can be drawn to approximately
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit is of the form y = mx + c, where m is the
ÎÎ Any of the processes of statistical investigation can be applied to
ÎÎ
show where most points lie. gradient and c the vertical intercept. analyse bivariate data.
A line of fit can be drawn by eye. That means simply looking at the
ÎÎ The gradient and vertical intercept can be interpreted in terms of the
ÎÎ It is important to consider issues such as the reliability of the data;
ÎÎ
scatterplot and trying to draw the line so that it goes roughly through data. for example, consider how large the sample is and whether it is from a
the middle of the set of points. There is no exact answer for such a line reputable source.
of fit. Example: Suppose the equation w = 7m + 50 was found to be a line Look out for any signs of bias.
ÎÎ
of fit for a scatterplot showing the weight w, in kilograms, of certain Ethical considerations such as privacy and cultural sensitivity should
ÎÎ
example: Both young animals at m months of age. The vertical intercept, 50, would also be taken into account.
of these lines are lines 10
9
10
9 represent the age at 0 months or the birth weight. The gradient, 7,
of fit for the same
8 8
7 7 would represent the weight gained each month.
Score
Score
6 6
set of data. 5 5
4
3
4
3
Download a FREE digital copy of these cards at
2
1
0
2
1
0
www.pascalpress.com.au/free
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Hours of study Hours of study
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 162–164 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
Frequency
Frequency
Solution: D (Only D is a bell-shaped curve.) = 1.2 These results are known as the empirical rule.
ÎÎ
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 178–179 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 180–181 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 183–185
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 199–200
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
Causality 74 Interpolation and extrapolation 72 Further lines of fit 70
If there is correlation between two variables, it does not mean that one
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit can be used to make predictions about
ÎÎ The least-squares regression line is a special line of fit. The sum of all
ÎÎ
causes the other. the data. This is done by substituting values into the equation. the squared distances from the line to the actual data points is
Interpolation is when predictions are made concerning values that lie
ÎÎ minimised which means that it is the closest possible line to the data
Example: As a result of a study there was found to be a high degree within the range of the original data. points. (You are not required to determine the least-squares regression
of correlation between expenditure on advertising by hardware stores Extrapolation is when predictions are made concerning values outside
ÎÎ line; just be aware that it exists.)
and the size of their annual profit. Having read the report on the study the range of the original data. Extreme care must be taken when The trendline
ÎÎ Athlete’s stride length
the owner of a hardware store decided to spend a lot of money on extrapolating because predictions made for values outside the data feature in a 250
240
advertising. Explain why this might be a bad idea. range may not be accurate or even sensible. spreadsheet 230
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 166–168 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 181–183 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 179–180
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 200–203 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 189–190 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
A line of best fit 69 The equation of a line of fit 71 Analysing associations 73
A line of best fit is a straight line that can be drawn to approximately
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit is of the form y = mx + c, where m is the
ÎÎ Any of the processes of statistical investigation can be applied to
ÎÎ
show where most points lie. gradient and c the vertical intercept. analyse bivariate data.
A line of fit can be drawn by eye. That means simply looking at the
ÎÎ The gradient and vertical intercept can be interpreted in terms of the
ÎÎ It is important to consider issues such as the reliability of the data;
ÎÎ
scatterplot and trying to draw the line so that it goes roughly through data. for example, consider how large the sample is and whether it is from a
the middle of the set of points. There is no exact answer for such a line reputable source.
of fit. Example: Suppose the equation w = 7m + 50 was found to be a line Look out for any signs of bias.
ÎÎ
of fit for a scatterplot showing the weight w, in kilograms, of certain Ethical considerations such as privacy and cultural sensitivity should
ÎÎ
example: Both young animals at m months of age. The vertical intercept, 50, would also be taken into account.
of these lines are lines 10
9
10
9 represent the age at 0 months or the birth weight. The gradient, 7,
of fit for the same
8 8
7 7 would represent the weight gained each month.
Score
Score
6 6
set of data. 5 5
4
3
4
3
Download a FREE digital copy of these cards at
2
1
0
2
1
0
www.pascalpress.com.au/free
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Hours of study Hours of study
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 162–164 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
Frequency
Frequency
Solution: D (Only D is a bell-shaped curve.) = 1.2 These results are known as the empirical rule.
ÎÎ
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 178–179 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 180–181 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 183–185
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 199–200
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
Causality 74 Interpolation and extrapolation 72 Further lines of fit 70
If there is correlation between two variables, it does not mean that one
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit can be used to make predictions about
ÎÎ The least-squares regression line is a special line of fit. The sum of all
ÎÎ
causes the other. the data. This is done by substituting values into the equation. the squared distances from the line to the actual data points is
Interpolation is when predictions are made concerning values that lie
ÎÎ minimised which means that it is the closest possible line to the data
Example: As a result of a study there was found to be a high degree within the range of the original data. points. (You are not required to determine the least-squares regression
of correlation between expenditure on advertising by hardware stores Extrapolation is when predictions are made concerning values outside
ÎÎ line; just be aware that it exists.)
and the size of their annual profit. Having read the report on the study the range of the original data. Extreme care must be taken when The trendline
ÎÎ Athlete’s stride length
the owner of a hardware store decided to spend a lot of money on extrapolating because predictions made for values outside the data feature in a 250
240
advertising. Explain why this might be a bad idea. range may not be accurate or even sensible. spreadsheet 230
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 166–168 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 181–183 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 179–180
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 200–203 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 189–190 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
A line of best fit 69 The equation of a line of fit 71 Analysing associations 73
A line of best fit is a straight line that can be drawn to approximately
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit is of the form y = mx + c, where m is the
ÎÎ Any of the processes of statistical investigation can be applied to
ÎÎ
show where most points lie. gradient and c the vertical intercept. analyse bivariate data.
A line of fit can be drawn by eye. That means simply looking at the
ÎÎ The gradient and vertical intercept can be interpreted in terms of the
ÎÎ It is important to consider issues such as the reliability of the data;
ÎÎ
scatterplot and trying to draw the line so that it goes roughly through data. for example, consider how large the sample is and whether it is from a
the middle of the set of points. There is no exact answer for such a line reputable source.
of fit. Example: Suppose the equation w = 7m + 50 was found to be a line Look out for any signs of bias.
ÎÎ
of fit for a scatterplot showing the weight w, in kilograms, of certain Ethical considerations such as privacy and cultural sensitivity should
ÎÎ
example: Both young animals at m months of age. The vertical intercept, 50, would also be taken into account.
of these lines are lines 10
9
10
9 represent the age at 0 months or the birth weight. The gradient, 7,
of fit for the same
8 8
7 7 would represent the weight gained each month.
Score
Score
6 6
set of data. 5 5
4
3
4
3
Download a FREE digital copy of these cards at
2
1
0
2
1
0
www.pascalpress.com.au/free
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Hours of study Hours of study
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 162–164 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
Frequency
Frequency
Solution: D (Only D is a bell-shaped curve.) = 1.2 These results are known as the empirical rule.
ÎÎ
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 178–179 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 180–181 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 183–185
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 199–200
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
Causality 74 Interpolation and extrapolation 72 Further lines of fit 70
If there is correlation between two variables, it does not mean that one
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit can be used to make predictions about
ÎÎ The least-squares regression line is a special line of fit. The sum of all
ÎÎ
causes the other. the data. This is done by substituting values into the equation. the squared distances from the line to the actual data points is
Interpolation is when predictions are made concerning values that lie
ÎÎ minimised which means that it is the closest possible line to the data
Example: As a result of a study there was found to be a high degree within the range of the original data. points. (You are not required to determine the least-squares regression
of correlation between expenditure on advertising by hardware stores Extrapolation is when predictions are made concerning values outside
ÎÎ line; just be aware that it exists.)
and the size of their annual profit. Having read the report on the study the range of the original data. Extreme care must be taken when The trendline
ÎÎ Athlete’s stride length
the owner of a hardware store decided to spend a lot of money on extrapolating because predictions made for values outside the data feature in a 250
240
advertising. Explain why this might be a bad idea. range may not be accurate or even sensible. spreadsheet 230
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 166–168 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 181–183 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 179–180
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 200–203 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 189–190 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
A line of best fit 69 The equation of a line of fit 71 Analysing associations 73
A line of best fit is a straight line that can be drawn to approximately
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit is of the form y = mx + c, where m is the
ÎÎ Any of the processes of statistical investigation can be applied to
ÎÎ
show where most points lie. gradient and c the vertical intercept. analyse bivariate data.
A line of fit can be drawn by eye. That means simply looking at the
ÎÎ The gradient and vertical intercept can be interpreted in terms of the
ÎÎ It is important to consider issues such as the reliability of the data;
ÎÎ
scatterplot and trying to draw the line so that it goes roughly through data. for example, consider how large the sample is and whether it is from a
the middle of the set of points. There is no exact answer for such a line reputable source.
of fit. Example: Suppose the equation w = 7m + 50 was found to be a line Look out for any signs of bias.
ÎÎ
of fit for a scatterplot showing the weight w, in kilograms, of certain Ethical considerations such as privacy and cultural sensitivity should
ÎÎ
example: Both young animals at m months of age. The vertical intercept, 50, would also be taken into account.
of these lines are lines 10
9
10
9 represent the age at 0 months or the birth weight. The gradient, 7,
of fit for the same
8 8
7 7 would represent the weight gained each month.
Score
Score
6 6
set of data. 5 5
4
3
4
3
Download a FREE digital copy of these cards at
2
1
0
2
1
0
www.pascalpress.com.au/free
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Hours of study Hours of study
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 162–164 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
Frequency
Frequency
Solution: D (Only D is a bell-shaped curve.) = 1.2 These results are known as the empirical rule.
ÎÎ
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 178–179 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 180–181 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 183–185
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 199–200
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
Causality 74 Interpolation and extrapolation 72 Further lines of fit 70
If there is correlation between two variables, it does not mean that one
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit can be used to make predictions about
ÎÎ The least-squares regression line is a special line of fit. The sum of all
ÎÎ
causes the other. the data. This is done by substituting values into the equation. the squared distances from the line to the actual data points is
Interpolation is when predictions are made concerning values that lie
ÎÎ minimised which means that it is the closest possible line to the data
Example: As a result of a study there was found to be a high degree within the range of the original data. points. (You are not required to determine the least-squares regression
of correlation between expenditure on advertising by hardware stores Extrapolation is when predictions are made concerning values outside
ÎÎ line; just be aware that it exists.)
and the size of their annual profit. Having read the report on the study the range of the original data. Extreme care must be taken when The trendline
ÎÎ Athlete’s stride length
the owner of a hardware store decided to spend a lot of money on extrapolating because predictions made for values outside the data feature in a 250
240
advertising. Explain why this might be a bad idea. range may not be accurate or even sensible. spreadsheet 230
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 166–168 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 181–183 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 179–180
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 200–203 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 189–190 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
A line of best fit 69 The equation of a line of fit 71 Analysing associations 73
A line of best fit is a straight line that can be drawn to approximately
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit is of the form y = mx + c, where m is the
ÎÎ Any of the processes of statistical investigation can be applied to
ÎÎ
show where most points lie. gradient and c the vertical intercept. analyse bivariate data.
A line of fit can be drawn by eye. That means simply looking at the
ÎÎ The gradient and vertical intercept can be interpreted in terms of the
ÎÎ It is important to consider issues such as the reliability of the data;
ÎÎ
scatterplot and trying to draw the line so that it goes roughly through data. for example, consider how large the sample is and whether it is from a
the middle of the set of points. There is no exact answer for such a line reputable source.
of fit. Example: Suppose the equation w = 7m + 50 was found to be a line Look out for any signs of bias.
ÎÎ
of fit for a scatterplot showing the weight w, in kilograms, of certain Ethical considerations such as privacy and cultural sensitivity should
ÎÎ
example: Both young animals at m months of age. The vertical intercept, 50, would also be taken into account.
of these lines are lines 10
9
10
9 represent the age at 0 months or the birth weight. The gradient, 7,
of fit for the same
8 8
7 7 would represent the weight gained each month.
Score
Score
6 6
set of data. 5 5
4
3
4
3
Download a FREE digital copy of these cards at
2
1
0
2
1
0
www.pascalpress.com.au/free
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Hours of study Hours of study
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 162–164 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
Frequency
Frequency
Solution: D (Only D is a bell-shaped curve.) = 1.2 These results are known as the empirical rule.
ÎÎ
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 178–179 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 180–181 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 183–185
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 199–200
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS BIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS
Causality 74 Interpolation and extrapolation 72 Further lines of fit 70
If there is correlation between two variables, it does not mean that one
ÎÎ The equation of a line of fit can be used to make predictions about
ÎÎ The least-squares regression line is a special line of fit. The sum of all
ÎÎ
causes the other. the data. This is done by substituting values into the equation. the squared distances from the line to the actual data points is
Interpolation is when predictions are made concerning values that lie
ÎÎ minimised which means that it is the closest possible line to the data
Example: As a result of a study there was found to be a high degree within the range of the original data. points. (You are not required to determine the least-squares regression
of correlation between expenditure on advertising by hardware stores Extrapolation is when predictions are made concerning values outside
ÎÎ line; just be aware that it exists.)
and the size of their annual profit. Having read the report on the study the range of the original data. Extreme care must be taken when The trendline
ÎÎ Athlete’s stride length
the owner of a hardware store decided to spend a lot of money on extrapolating because predictions made for values outside the data feature in a 250
240
advertising. Explain why this might be a bad idea. range may not be accurate or even sensible. spreadsheet 230
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 168–170 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 166–168 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 164–166
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 185–186 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 181–183 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 179–180
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 200–203 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 189–190 TOPIC 4: STATISTICAL See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 187–189
ANALYSIS ANALYSIS
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Directed networks 87 Tables and networks 89 Prim’s algorithm 91
9
A directed network is a network where the edges must be travelled in a
ÎÎ A table can show information about the
ÎÎ Prim’s algorithm is one method of finding a
ÎÎ R
B 10
certain direction as indicated by arrows. connections and weights in a network. 3 minimum spanning tree. 12
11
6
Using a table allows computers to process the
ÎÎ A
4 Any vertex can be chosen first.
ÎÎ P 9 Q
5
EXAMPLE: How many different paths information in a network. 8 5
C
Connected vertices are added in turn, depending
ÎÎ 8
S
are there from A to D in this network, B Constructing a network diagram from a table
ÎÎ D on the weight of their connecting edges.
6
T
7
without completing any cycles? might give diagrams that differ in appearance, 7
Describe them. but they are still basically the same. example: Suppose we need to find the minimal R
A 10
Solution: Two; from A to C to D or C spanning tree for this network using Prim’s algorithm
from A to B to C and then D example: This table has been drawn From\To A B C D
beginning with vertex P. The vertex that is connected to P Q
5
D up for the directed network P with edge of least weight is T, so T is the vertex chosen S
A 0 4 7 –
shown above. next. The vertex that is connected to either P or T with 6
T
7
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 201–203 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 221–223
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 222–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Kruskal’s algorithm 92 Trees 90 Weights 88
Kruskal’s algorithm is another method of finding
ÎÎ A tree is an undirected network, or part of
ÎÎ Some networks have weighted edges.
ÎÎ
R
a minimum spanning tree. (Prim’s algorithm and 10 a network, that does not contain a cycle. In The weight of an edge might be a distance, a cost, a time or some other
ÎÎ
12
Kruskal’s algorithm will always give the same result.) 11
a tree, any two vertices are connected by measurement appropriate to the network.
P 5
The edge with the least weight is chosen first.
ÎÎ
9 Q
8
exactly one path.
S
Other edges are added in order of weight, provided
ÎÎ A spanning tree is a tree of an undirected
ÎÎ example: This network shows the $618 B
A
6 7
T
they do not form a cycle. network that contains every vertex. A cost of connecting points to a computer $395
network might have many different spanning system. The cost to connect A to B is
$525 $550 E $645
example: Suppose we need to find the minimal 10
R
trees. $618. The cost to connect B to C is $645 if
$580
spanning tree for this network using Kruskal’s In a spanning tree, the number of edges will always be one less than
ÎÎ connected directly or $975 if B is $412
algorithm. P Q
5
the number of vertices. connected first to E and then to C. D C
S
$735
The first edge chosen is QS, followed by PT and 6
T
7 The minimum spanning tree (or minimal spanning tree) of a network
ÎÎ
then TS. Neither QT nor PQ can be chosen because that has weighted edges is the spanning tree for which the total of all
a cycle would be formed. The final edge chosen is PR. the edges is least.
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 206 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205
B 7 E 6 13 O 3 4 4 J
Start 7 I 2 15 27 30 Finish C 9
F 2 Minimum cost = $(525 + 412 + 395 + 580) $525 E
F 2 J M 12 5 $580
C
3 11
4
8
G 8 K = $1912 $412
6 N D C
G 5 K 6 19
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 223–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 225–227
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Directed networks 87 Tables and networks 89 Prim’s algorithm 91
9
A directed network is a network where the edges must be travelled in a
ÎÎ A table can show information about the
ÎÎ Prim’s algorithm is one method of finding a
ÎÎ R
B 10
certain direction as indicated by arrows. connections and weights in a network. 3 minimum spanning tree. 12
11
6
Using a table allows computers to process the
ÎÎ A
4 Any vertex can be chosen first.
ÎÎ P 9 Q
5
EXAMPLE: How many different paths information in a network. 8 5
C
Connected vertices are added in turn, depending
ÎÎ 8
S
are there from A to D in this network, B Constructing a network diagram from a table
ÎÎ D on the weight of their connecting edges.
6
T
7
without completing any cycles? might give diagrams that differ in appearance, 7
Describe them. but they are still basically the same. example: Suppose we need to find the minimal R
A 10
Solution: Two; from A to C to D or C spanning tree for this network using Prim’s algorithm
from A to B to C and then D example: This table has been drawn From\To A B C D
beginning with vertex P. The vertex that is connected to P Q
5
D up for the directed network P with edge of least weight is T, so T is the vertex chosen S
A 0 4 7 –
shown above. next. The vertex that is connected to either P or T with 6
T
7
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 201–203 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 221–223
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 222–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Kruskal’s algorithm 92 Trees 90 Weights 88
Kruskal’s algorithm is another method of finding
ÎÎ A tree is an undirected network, or part of
ÎÎ Some networks have weighted edges.
ÎÎ
R
a minimum spanning tree. (Prim’s algorithm and 10 a network, that does not contain a cycle. In The weight of an edge might be a distance, a cost, a time or some other
ÎÎ
12
Kruskal’s algorithm will always give the same result.) 11
a tree, any two vertices are connected by measurement appropriate to the network.
P 5
The edge with the least weight is chosen first.
ÎÎ
9 Q
8
exactly one path.
S
Other edges are added in order of weight, provided
ÎÎ A spanning tree is a tree of an undirected
ÎÎ example: This network shows the $618 B
A
6 7
T
they do not form a cycle. network that contains every vertex. A cost of connecting points to a computer $395
network might have many different spanning system. The cost to connect A to B is
$525 $550 E $645
example: Suppose we need to find the minimal 10
R
trees. $618. The cost to connect B to C is $645 if
$580
spanning tree for this network using Kruskal’s In a spanning tree, the number of edges will always be one less than
ÎÎ connected directly or $975 if B is $412
algorithm. P Q
5
the number of vertices. connected first to E and then to C. D C
S
$735
The first edge chosen is QS, followed by PT and 6
T
7 The minimum spanning tree (or minimal spanning tree) of a network
ÎÎ
then TS. Neither QT nor PQ can be chosen because that has weighted edges is the spanning tree for which the total of all
a cycle would be formed. The final edge chosen is PR. the edges is least.
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 206 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205
B 7 E 6 13 O 3 4 4 J
Start 7 I 2 15 27 30 Finish C 9
F 2 Minimum cost = $(525 + 412 + 395 + 580) $525 E
F 2 J M 12 5 $580
C
3 11
4
8
G 8 K = $1912 $412
6 N D C
G 5 K 6 19
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 223–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 225–227
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Directed networks 87 Tables and networks 89 Prim’s algorithm 91
9
A directed network is a network where the edges must be travelled in a
ÎÎ A table can show information about the
ÎÎ Prim’s algorithm is one method of finding a
ÎÎ R
B 10
certain direction as indicated by arrows. connections and weights in a network. 3 minimum spanning tree. 12
11
6
Using a table allows computers to process the
ÎÎ A
4 Any vertex can be chosen first.
ÎÎ P 9 Q
5
EXAMPLE: How many different paths information in a network. 8 5
C
Connected vertices are added in turn, depending
ÎÎ 8
S
are there from A to D in this network, B Constructing a network diagram from a table
ÎÎ D on the weight of their connecting edges.
6
T
7
without completing any cycles? might give diagrams that differ in appearance, 7
Describe them. but they are still basically the same. example: Suppose we need to find the minimal R
A 10
Solution: Two; from A to C to D or C spanning tree for this network using Prim’s algorithm
from A to B to C and then D example: This table has been drawn From\To A B C D
beginning with vertex P. The vertex that is connected to P Q
5
D up for the directed network P with edge of least weight is T, so T is the vertex chosen S
A 0 4 7 –
shown above. next. The vertex that is connected to either P or T with 6
T
7
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 201–203 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 221–223
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 222–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Kruskal’s algorithm 92 Trees 90 Weights 88
Kruskal’s algorithm is another method of finding
ÎÎ A tree is an undirected network, or part of
ÎÎ Some networks have weighted edges.
ÎÎ
R
a minimum spanning tree. (Prim’s algorithm and 10 a network, that does not contain a cycle. In The weight of an edge might be a distance, a cost, a time or some other
ÎÎ
12
Kruskal’s algorithm will always give the same result.) 11
a tree, any two vertices are connected by measurement appropriate to the network.
P 5
The edge with the least weight is chosen first.
ÎÎ
9 Q
8
exactly one path.
S
Other edges are added in order of weight, provided
ÎÎ A spanning tree is a tree of an undirected
ÎÎ example: This network shows the $618 B
A
6 7
T
they do not form a cycle. network that contains every vertex. A cost of connecting points to a computer $395
network might have many different spanning system. The cost to connect A to B is
$525 $550 E $645
example: Suppose we need to find the minimal 10
R
trees. $618. The cost to connect B to C is $645 if
$580
spanning tree for this network using Kruskal’s In a spanning tree, the number of edges will always be one less than
ÎÎ connected directly or $975 if B is $412
algorithm. P Q
5
the number of vertices. connected first to E and then to C. D C
S
$735
The first edge chosen is QS, followed by PT and 6
T
7 The minimum spanning tree (or minimal spanning tree) of a network
ÎÎ
then TS. Neither QT nor PQ can be chosen because that has weighted edges is the spanning tree for which the total of all
a cycle would be formed. The final edge chosen is PR. the edges is least.
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 206 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205
B 7 E 6 13 O 3 4 4 J
Start 7 I 2 15 27 30 Finish C 9
F 2 Minimum cost = $(525 + 412 + 395 + 580) $525 E
F 2 J M 12 5 $580
C
3 11
4
8
G 8 K = $1912 $412
6 N D C
G 5 K 6 19
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 223–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 225–227
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Directed networks 87 Tables and networks 89 Prim’s algorithm 91
9
A directed network is a network where the edges must be travelled in a
ÎÎ A table can show information about the
ÎÎ Prim’s algorithm is one method of finding a
ÎÎ R
B 10
certain direction as indicated by arrows. connections and weights in a network. 3 minimum spanning tree. 12
11
6
Using a table allows computers to process the
ÎÎ A
4 Any vertex can be chosen first.
ÎÎ P 9 Q
5
EXAMPLE: How many different paths information in a network. 8 5
C
Connected vertices are added in turn, depending
ÎÎ 8
S
are there from A to D in this network, B Constructing a network diagram from a table
ÎÎ D on the weight of their connecting edges.
6
T
7
without completing any cycles? might give diagrams that differ in appearance, 7
Describe them. but they are still basically the same. example: Suppose we need to find the minimal R
A 10
Solution: Two; from A to C to D or C spanning tree for this network using Prim’s algorithm
from A to B to C and then D example: This table has been drawn From\To A B C D
beginning with vertex P. The vertex that is connected to P Q
5
D up for the directed network P with edge of least weight is T, so T is the vertex chosen S
A 0 4 7 –
shown above. next. The vertex that is connected to either P or T with 6
T
7
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 201–203 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 221–223
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 222–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Kruskal’s algorithm 92 Trees 90 Weights 88
Kruskal’s algorithm is another method of finding
ÎÎ A tree is an undirected network, or part of
ÎÎ Some networks have weighted edges.
ÎÎ
R
a minimum spanning tree. (Prim’s algorithm and 10 a network, that does not contain a cycle. In The weight of an edge might be a distance, a cost, a time or some other
ÎÎ
12
Kruskal’s algorithm will always give the same result.) 11
a tree, any two vertices are connected by measurement appropriate to the network.
P 5
The edge with the least weight is chosen first.
ÎÎ
9 Q
8
exactly one path.
S
Other edges are added in order of weight, provided
ÎÎ A spanning tree is a tree of an undirected
ÎÎ example: This network shows the $618 B
A
6 7
T
they do not form a cycle. network that contains every vertex. A cost of connecting points to a computer $395
network might have many different spanning system. The cost to connect A to B is
$525 $550 E $645
example: Suppose we need to find the minimal 10
R
trees. $618. The cost to connect B to C is $645 if
$580
spanning tree for this network using Kruskal’s In a spanning tree, the number of edges will always be one less than
ÎÎ connected directly or $975 if B is $412
algorithm. P Q
5
the number of vertices. connected first to E and then to C. D C
S
$735
The first edge chosen is QS, followed by PT and 6
T
7 The minimum spanning tree (or minimal spanning tree) of a network
ÎÎ
then TS. Neither QT nor PQ can be chosen because that has weighted edges is the spanning tree for which the total of all
a cycle would be formed. The final edge chosen is PR. the edges is least.
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 206 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205
B 7 E 6 13 O 3 4 4 J
Start 7 I 2 15 27 30 Finish C 9
F 2 Minimum cost = $(525 + 412 + 395 + 580) $525 E
F 2 J M 12 5 $580
C
3 11
4
8
G 8 K = $1912 $412
6 N D C
G 5 K 6 19
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 223–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 225–227
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Directed networks 87 Tables and networks 89 Prim’s algorithm 91
9
A directed network is a network where the edges must be travelled in a
ÎÎ A table can show information about the
ÎÎ Prim’s algorithm is one method of finding a
ÎÎ R
B 10
certain direction as indicated by arrows. connections and weights in a network. 3 minimum spanning tree. 12
11
6
Using a table allows computers to process the
ÎÎ A
4 Any vertex can be chosen first.
ÎÎ P 9 Q
5
EXAMPLE: How many different paths information in a network. 8 5
C
Connected vertices are added in turn, depending
ÎÎ 8
S
are there from A to D in this network, B Constructing a network diagram from a table
ÎÎ D on the weight of their connecting edges.
6
T
7
without completing any cycles? might give diagrams that differ in appearance, 7
Describe them. but they are still basically the same. example: Suppose we need to find the minimal R
A 10
Solution: Two; from A to C to D or C spanning tree for this network using Prim’s algorithm
from A to B to C and then D example: This table has been drawn From\To A B C D
beginning with vertex P. The vertex that is connected to P Q
5
D up for the directed network P with edge of least weight is T, so T is the vertex chosen S
A 0 4 7 –
shown above. next. The vertex that is connected to either P or T with 6
T
7
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 201–203 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 221–223
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 222–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Kruskal’s algorithm 92 Trees 90 Weights 88
Kruskal’s algorithm is another method of finding
ÎÎ A tree is an undirected network, or part of
ÎÎ Some networks have weighted edges.
ÎÎ
R
a minimum spanning tree. (Prim’s algorithm and 10 a network, that does not contain a cycle. In The weight of an edge might be a distance, a cost, a time or some other
ÎÎ
12
Kruskal’s algorithm will always give the same result.) 11
a tree, any two vertices are connected by measurement appropriate to the network.
P 5
The edge with the least weight is chosen first.
ÎÎ
9 Q
8
exactly one path.
S
Other edges are added in order of weight, provided
ÎÎ A spanning tree is a tree of an undirected
ÎÎ example: This network shows the $618 B
A
6 7
T
they do not form a cycle. network that contains every vertex. A cost of connecting points to a computer $395
network might have many different spanning system. The cost to connect A to B is
$525 $550 E $645
example: Suppose we need to find the minimal 10
R
trees. $618. The cost to connect B to C is $645 if
$580
spanning tree for this network using Kruskal’s In a spanning tree, the number of edges will always be one less than
ÎÎ connected directly or $975 if B is $412
algorithm. P Q
5
the number of vertices. connected first to E and then to C. D C
S
$735
The first edge chosen is QS, followed by PT and 6
T
7 The minimum spanning tree (or minimal spanning tree) of a network
ÎÎ
then TS. Neither QT nor PQ can be chosen because that has weighted edges is the spanning tree for which the total of all
a cycle would be formed. The final edge chosen is PR. the edges is least.
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 206 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205
B 7 E 6 13 O 3 4 4 J
Start 7 I 2 15 27 30 Finish C 9
F 2 Minimum cost = $(525 + 412 + 395 + 580) $525 E
F 2 J M 12 5 $580
C
3 11
4
8
G 8 K = $1912 $412
6 N D C
G 5 K 6 19
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 223–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 225–227
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Directed networks 87 Tables and networks 89 Prim’s algorithm 91
9
A directed network is a network where the edges must be travelled in a
ÎÎ A table can show information about the
ÎÎ Prim’s algorithm is one method of finding a
ÎÎ R
B 10
certain direction as indicated by arrows. connections and weights in a network. 3 minimum spanning tree. 12
11
6
Using a table allows computers to process the
ÎÎ A
4 Any vertex can be chosen first.
ÎÎ P 9 Q
5
EXAMPLE: How many different paths information in a network. 8 5
C
Connected vertices are added in turn, depending
ÎÎ 8
S
are there from A to D in this network, B Constructing a network diagram from a table
ÎÎ D on the weight of their connecting edges.
6
T
7
without completing any cycles? might give diagrams that differ in appearance, 7
Describe them. but they are still basically the same. example: Suppose we need to find the minimal R
A 10
Solution: Two; from A to C to D or C spanning tree for this network using Prim’s algorithm
from A to B to C and then D example: This table has been drawn From\To A B C D
beginning with vertex P. The vertex that is connected to P Q
5
D up for the directed network P with edge of least weight is T, so T is the vertex chosen S
A 0 4 7 –
shown above. next. The vertex that is connected to either P or T with 6
T
7
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 201–203 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 221–223
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 222–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Kruskal’s algorithm 92 Trees 90 Weights 88
Kruskal’s algorithm is another method of finding
ÎÎ A tree is an undirected network, or part of
ÎÎ Some networks have weighted edges.
ÎÎ
R
a minimum spanning tree. (Prim’s algorithm and 10 a network, that does not contain a cycle. In The weight of an edge might be a distance, a cost, a time or some other
ÎÎ
12
Kruskal’s algorithm will always give the same result.) 11
a tree, any two vertices are connected by measurement appropriate to the network.
P 5
The edge with the least weight is chosen first.
ÎÎ
9 Q
8
exactly one path.
S
Other edges are added in order of weight, provided
ÎÎ A spanning tree is a tree of an undirected
ÎÎ example: This network shows the $618 B
A
6 7
T
they do not form a cycle. network that contains every vertex. A cost of connecting points to a computer $395
network might have many different spanning system. The cost to connect A to B is
$525 $550 E $645
example: Suppose we need to find the minimal 10
R
trees. $618. The cost to connect B to C is $645 if
$580
spanning tree for this network using Kruskal’s In a spanning tree, the number of edges will always be one less than
ÎÎ connected directly or $975 if B is $412
algorithm. P Q
5
the number of vertices. connected first to E and then to C. D C
S
$735
The first edge chosen is QS, followed by PT and 6
T
7 The minimum spanning tree (or minimal spanning tree) of a network
ÎÎ
then TS. Neither QT nor PQ can be chosen because that has weighted edges is the spanning tree for which the total of all
a cycle would be formed. The final edge chosen is PR. the edges is least.
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 206 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205
B 7 E 6 13 O 3 4 4 J
Start 7 I 2 15 27 30 Finish C 9
F 2 Minimum cost = $(525 + 412 + 395 + 580) $525 E
F 2 J M 12 5 $580
C
3 11
4
8
G 8 K = $1912 $412
6 N D C
G 5 K 6 19
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 223–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 225–227
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Directed networks 87 Tables and networks 89 Prim’s algorithm 91
9
A directed network is a network where the edges must be travelled in a
ÎÎ A table can show information about the
ÎÎ Prim’s algorithm is one method of finding a
ÎÎ R
B 10
certain direction as indicated by arrows. connections and weights in a network. 3 minimum spanning tree. 12
11
6
Using a table allows computers to process the
ÎÎ A
4 Any vertex can be chosen first.
ÎÎ P 9 Q
5
EXAMPLE: How many different paths information in a network. 8 5
C
Connected vertices are added in turn, depending
ÎÎ 8
S
are there from A to D in this network, B Constructing a network diagram from a table
ÎÎ D on the weight of their connecting edges.
6
T
7
without completing any cycles? might give diagrams that differ in appearance, 7
Describe them. but they are still basically the same. example: Suppose we need to find the minimal R
A 10
Solution: Two; from A to C to D or C spanning tree for this network using Prim’s algorithm
from A to B to C and then D example: This table has been drawn From\To A B C D
beginning with vertex P. The vertex that is connected to P Q
5
D up for the directed network P with edge of least weight is T, so T is the vertex chosen S
A 0 4 7 –
shown above. next. The vertex that is connected to either P or T with 6
T
7
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 201–203 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 221–223
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 222–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Kruskal’s algorithm 92 Trees 90 Weights 88
Kruskal’s algorithm is another method of finding
ÎÎ A tree is an undirected network, or part of
ÎÎ Some networks have weighted edges.
ÎÎ
R
a minimum spanning tree. (Prim’s algorithm and 10 a network, that does not contain a cycle. In The weight of an edge might be a distance, a cost, a time or some other
ÎÎ
12
Kruskal’s algorithm will always give the same result.) 11
a tree, any two vertices are connected by measurement appropriate to the network.
P 5
The edge with the least weight is chosen first.
ÎÎ
9 Q
8
exactly one path.
S
Other edges are added in order of weight, provided
ÎÎ A spanning tree is a tree of an undirected
ÎÎ example: This network shows the $618 B
A
6 7
T
they do not form a cycle. network that contains every vertex. A cost of connecting points to a computer $395
network might have many different spanning system. The cost to connect A to B is
$525 $550 E $645
example: Suppose we need to find the minimal 10
R
trees. $618. The cost to connect B to C is $645 if
$580
spanning tree for this network using Kruskal’s In a spanning tree, the number of edges will always be one less than
ÎÎ connected directly or $975 if B is $412
algorithm. P Q
5
the number of vertices. connected first to E and then to C. D C
S
$735
The first edge chosen is QS, followed by PT and 6
T
7 The minimum spanning tree (or minimal spanning tree) of a network
ÎÎ
then TS. Neither QT nor PQ can be chosen because that has weighted edges is the spanning tree for which the total of all
a cycle would be formed. The final edge chosen is PR. the edges is least.
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 206 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205
B 7 E 6 13 O 3 4 4 J
Start 7 I 2 15 27 30 Finish C 9
F 2 Minimum cost = $(525 + 412 + 395 + 580) $525 E
F 2 J M 12 5 $580
C
3 11
4
8
G 8 K = $1912 $412
6 N D C
G 5 K 6 19
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 223–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 225–227
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Directed networks 87 Tables and networks 89 Prim’s algorithm 91
9
A directed network is a network where the edges must be travelled in a
ÎÎ A table can show information about the
ÎÎ Prim’s algorithm is one method of finding a
ÎÎ R
B 10
certain direction as indicated by arrows. connections and weights in a network. 3 minimum spanning tree. 12
11
6
Using a table allows computers to process the
ÎÎ A
4 Any vertex can be chosen first.
ÎÎ P 9 Q
5
EXAMPLE: How many different paths information in a network. 8 5
C
Connected vertices are added in turn, depending
ÎÎ 8
S
are there from A to D in this network, B Constructing a network diagram from a table
ÎÎ D on the weight of their connecting edges.
6
T
7
without completing any cycles? might give diagrams that differ in appearance, 7
Describe them. but they are still basically the same. example: Suppose we need to find the minimal R
A 10
Solution: Two; from A to C to D or C spanning tree for this network using Prim’s algorithm
from A to B to C and then D example: This table has been drawn From\To A B C D
beginning with vertex P. The vertex that is connected to P Q
5
D up for the directed network P with edge of least weight is T, so T is the vertex chosen S
A 0 4 7 –
shown above. next. The vertex that is connected to either P or T with 6
T
7
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 201–203 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 221–223
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 222–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Kruskal’s algorithm 92 Trees 90 Weights 88
Kruskal’s algorithm is another method of finding
ÎÎ A tree is an undirected network, or part of
ÎÎ Some networks have weighted edges.
ÎÎ
R
a minimum spanning tree. (Prim’s algorithm and 10 a network, that does not contain a cycle. In The weight of an edge might be a distance, a cost, a time or some other
ÎÎ
12
Kruskal’s algorithm will always give the same result.) 11
a tree, any two vertices are connected by measurement appropriate to the network.
P 5
The edge with the least weight is chosen first.
ÎÎ
9 Q
8
exactly one path.
S
Other edges are added in order of weight, provided
ÎÎ A spanning tree is a tree of an undirected
ÎÎ example: This network shows the $618 B
A
6 7
T
they do not form a cycle. network that contains every vertex. A cost of connecting points to a computer $395
network might have many different spanning system. The cost to connect A to B is
$525 $550 E $645
example: Suppose we need to find the minimal 10
R
trees. $618. The cost to connect B to C is $645 if
$580
spanning tree for this network using Kruskal’s In a spanning tree, the number of edges will always be one less than
ÎÎ connected directly or $975 if B is $412
algorithm. P Q
5
the number of vertices. connected first to E and then to C. D C
S
$735
The first edge chosen is QS, followed by PT and 6
T
7 The minimum spanning tree (or minimal spanning tree) of a network
ÎÎ
then TS. Neither QT nor PQ can be chosen because that has weighted edges is the spanning tree for which the total of all
a cycle would be formed. The final edge chosen is PR. the edges is least.
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 206 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205
B 7 E 6 13 O 3 4 4 J
Start 7 I 2 15 27 30 Finish C 9
F 2 Minimum cost = $(525 + 412 + 395 + 580) $525 E
F 2 J M 12 5 $580
C
3 11
4
8
G 8 K = $1912 $412
6 N D C
G 5 K 6 19
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 223–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 225–227
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Directed networks 87 Tables and networks 89 Prim’s algorithm 91
9
A directed network is a network where the edges must be travelled in a
ÎÎ A table can show information about the
ÎÎ Prim’s algorithm is one method of finding a
ÎÎ R
B 10
certain direction as indicated by arrows. connections and weights in a network. 3 minimum spanning tree. 12
11
6
Using a table allows computers to process the
ÎÎ A
4 Any vertex can be chosen first.
ÎÎ P 9 Q
5
EXAMPLE: How many different paths information in a network. 8 5
C
Connected vertices are added in turn, depending
ÎÎ 8
S
are there from A to D in this network, B Constructing a network diagram from a table
ÎÎ D on the weight of their connecting edges.
6
T
7
without completing any cycles? might give diagrams that differ in appearance, 7
Describe them. but they are still basically the same. example: Suppose we need to find the minimal R
A 10
Solution: Two; from A to C to D or C spanning tree for this network using Prim’s algorithm
from A to B to C and then D example: This table has been drawn From\To A B C D
beginning with vertex P. The vertex that is connected to P Q
5
D up for the directed network P with edge of least weight is T, so T is the vertex chosen S
A 0 4 7 –
shown above. next. The vertex that is connected to either P or T with 6
T
7
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 201–203 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 221–223
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 222–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231
NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS NET WORK CONCEPTS
Kruskal’s algorithm 92 Trees 90 Weights 88
Kruskal’s algorithm is another method of finding
ÎÎ A tree is an undirected network, or part of
ÎÎ Some networks have weighted edges.
ÎÎ
R
a minimum spanning tree. (Prim’s algorithm and 10 a network, that does not contain a cycle. In The weight of an edge might be a distance, a cost, a time or some other
ÎÎ
12
Kruskal’s algorithm will always give the same result.) 11
a tree, any two vertices are connected by measurement appropriate to the network.
P 5
The edge with the least weight is chosen first.
ÎÎ
9 Q
8
exactly one path.
S
Other edges are added in order of weight, provided
ÎÎ A spanning tree is a tree of an undirected
ÎÎ example: This network shows the $618 B
A
6 7
T
they do not form a cycle. network that contains every vertex. A cost of connecting points to a computer $395
network might have many different spanning system. The cost to connect A to B is
$525 $550 E $645
example: Suppose we need to find the minimal 10
R
trees. $618. The cost to connect B to C is $645 if
$580
spanning tree for this network using Kruskal’s In a spanning tree, the number of edges will always be one less than
ÎÎ connected directly or $975 if B is $412
algorithm. P Q
5
the number of vertices. connected first to E and then to C. D C
S
$735
The first edge chosen is QS, followed by PT and 6
T
7 The minimum spanning tree (or minimal spanning tree) of a network
ÎÎ
then TS. Neither QT nor PQ can be chosen because that has weighted edges is the spanning tree for which the total of all
a cycle would be formed. The final edge chosen is PR. the edges is least.
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 206–209 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 p. 206 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 204–205
B 7 E 6 13 O 3 4 4 J
Start 7 I 2 15 27 30 Finish C 9
F 2 Minimum cost = $(525 + 412 + 395 + 580) $525 E
F 2 J M 12 5 $580
C
3 11
4
8
G 8 K = $1912 $412
6 N D C
G 5 K 6 19
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 223–225 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 219–221 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 209–211
TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 229–231 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 227–229 TOPIC 5: N ETWORKS See Ü Excel Year 12 Mathematics Standard 2 pp. 225–227